Quarterlytics / Industrials / Aerospace & Defense / Equitable Group Inc.

Equitable Group Inc.

etc · TSX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker etc
Exchange TSX
Sector Industrials
Industry Aerospace & Defense
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Equitable Group Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
EQUITABLE
CANADA’S CHALLENGER BANK™

Fourth Quarter Report 2020
For the three and twelve months 
ended December 31, 2020

TSX.EQB | EQB.PR.C

Page. 1   

Table of contents

01  Management’s discussion and analysis of  

73   Changes in internal control over financial  

financial	condition	and	results	of	operations

reporting

02   Cautionary note regarding forward-looking  

statements

73   Non-generally accepted accounting  
principles (GAAP) financial measures

03   Select financial and other highlights

78		 Reports	and	consolidated	financial	 

05   Overview and outlook

20   Significant development – COVID-19 

22   Financial results summary and segment  

performance

29 

Financial review – earnings

32   Financial review – balance sheet

46   Fourth quarter overview

54   Accounting policy changes

54   Critical accounting estimates

55   Derivative financial instruments

56   Off-balance sheet activities

56   Related party transactions

56   Risk management

72   Updated share information

72   Disclosure controls and procedures

72  

Internal control over financial reporting

statements

79   Management’s responsibility for financial  

reporting

80  

Independent auditors’ report

84   Consolidated balance sheets

85   Consolidated statements of income

86   Consolidated statements of comprehensive  

income

87   Consolidated statements of changes in  

shareholders’ equity

88   Consolidated statements of cash flows

89   Notes to consolidated financial statements

138   Directors and executive officers

138   Shareholder and corporate information

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition 
and results of operations

For the three months and year ended December 31, 2020 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) is provided to enable readers to assess the financial position 
and the results of the consolidated operations of Equitable Group Inc. (Equitable or the Bank) for the three 
months (quarter) and year ended December 31, 2020. This MD&A should be read in conjunction with the 
Bank’s unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for the fourth quarter (see Tables 25-27 in the 
Fourth quarter overview section of this report) and the audited consolidated financial statements and 
accompanying notes for the year ended December 31, 2020. All amounts are in Canadian dollars. This report, 
and the information provided herein, is dated as at February 22, 2021. The Bank’s continuous disclosure 
materials, including interim filings, annual MD&A and Consolidated Financial Statements, Annual Information 
Form, Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Proxy Circular are available on the Bank’s website at 
www.equitablebank.ca and on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page. 2   

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements 

All material assumptions used in making forward-
looking statements are based on management’s 
knowledge of current business conditions and 
expectations of future business conditions and 
trends, including their knowledge of the current 
credit, interest rate, and liquidity conditions 
affecting the Bank and the Canadian economy. 
Although the Bank believes the assumptions used 
to make such statements are reasonable at this 
time and has attempted to identify in its continuous 
disclosure documents important factors that could 
cause actual results to differ materially from those 
contained in forward-looking statements, there 
may be other factors that cause results not to be 
as anticipated, estimated or intended. Certain 
material assumptions are applied by the Bank in 
making forward-looking statements, including 
without limitation, assumptions regarding its 
continued ability to fund its loan business, a 
continuation of the current level of economic 
uncertainty that affects real estate market 
conditions including, without limitation, impacts as 
a result of COVID-19, continued acceptance of its 
products in the marketplace, as well as no material 
changes in its operating cost structure and the 
current tax regime. There can be no assurance that 
such statements will prove to be accurate, as actual 
results and future events could differ materially 
from those anticipated in such statements. 
Accordingly, readers should not place undue 
reliance on forward-looking statements. The Bank 
does not undertake to update any forward-looking 
statements that are contained herein, except in 
accordance with applicable securities laws.

Statements made by the Bank in the sections of 
this report including those entitled “Overview and 
outlook”, “Significant development – COVID-19”, 
“Financial results summary and segment 
performance”, “Provision for credit losses”, “Credit 
quality and allowance for credit losses”, “Liquidity 
investments and equity securities”, “Deposits”, 
“Capital management – Equitable Bank”, “Fourth 
quarter overview”, “Risk management”, in other 
filings with Canadian securities regulators and in 
other communications include forward-looking 
statements within the meaning of applicable 
securities laws (“forward-looking statements”). 
These statements include, but are not limited to, 
statements about the Bank’s objectives, strategies 
and initiatives, financial performance expectations 
and other statements made herein, whether with 
respect to the Bank’s businesses or the Canadian 
economy. Generally, forward-looking statements 
can be identified by the use of forward-looking 
terminology such as “plans”, “expects” or “does 
not expect”, “is expected”, “budget”, “scheduled”, 
“planned”, “estimates”, “forecasts”, “outlook”, 
“intends”, “anticipates” or “does not anticipate”, or 
“believes”, or variations of such words and phrases 
which state that certain actions, events or results 
“may”, “could”, “would”, “should”, “might” or “will be 
taken”, “occur”, “be achieved”, “will likely” or other 
similar expressions of future or conditional verbs. 

Forward-looking statements are subject to known 
and unknown risks, uncertainties and other 
factors that may cause actual results, level of 
activity, closing of transactions, performance or 
achievements of the Bank to be materially different 
from those expressed or implied by such forward-
looking statements, including but not limited to 
risks related to capital markets and additional 
funding requirements, fluctuating interest rates 
and general economic conditions including, 
without limitation, impacts as a result of COVID-19, 
legislative and regulatory developments, changes in 
accounting standards, the nature of our customers 
and rates of default, and competition as well as 
those factors discussed under the heading “Risk 
Management” herein and in the Bank’s documents 
filed on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. 

Select	financial	and	other	highlights

$000s, except share, per share amounts, percentages & employees

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

31-Dec-18

2020 vs. 2019

As at or for the years ended

Operating	Results

Net-interest income (NII)

Non-interest income

Revenue
Non-interest expenses
Pre-provision pre-tax income(1)

Provisions for credit losses

Income tax expense

Net income
Adjusted net income(1)(2)

Operating	Performance

Earnings per share (EPS) – basic ($)

Earnings per share – diluted ($)
Adjusted EPS – diluted(1)(2) ($)
Return on equity(1) (%)
Adjusted Return on equity(1)(2) (%)
Efficiency ratio(1)(3) (%)
Operating leverage(1)(4) (%)
Net interest margin(1) (%)

Select balance sheet and other information

Total assets
Assets under management(1) (AUM)

Loans receivable
Loans under management(1) (LUM)

Total deposits

Total EQ Bank deposits

Total other deposits

Total risk-weighted assets

Common shareholders’ equity

Credit quality

Provisions for credit losses(5) (PCL)
PCL - rate(1) (%)

Net impaired loans as a % of total loan assets

Allowance for credit losses as a % of total loan assets

Common share information

Common share price – close ($)
Book value per common shares(1) ($)

Common shares outstanding (millions)

Common share market capitalization

Dividends declared per:

Common share ($)

Preferred share ($)

Dividend yield(1) – common shares (%)

Capital	ratios	and	leverage	ratio(1)
Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (%)

Tier 1 capital ratio (%)

Total capital ratio (%)

Leverage ratio (%)

Business information

Employees – full-time equivalent(6)
Revenue per full-time employee(1)

EQ Bank customers

497,406

59,427

556,833

214,060

342,773

42,280

76,689

223,804

218,981

13.04

12.95

12.66

14.8%

14.5%

38.4%

4.7%

1.70%

462,648

348,381

34,416

497,064

199,573

297,491

18,394

72,618

206,479

211,890

12.10

11.97

12.29

15.5%

15.9%

40.2%

-1.4%

1.74%

27,659

376,040

149,363

226,677

2,083

58,968

165,626

172,778

9.73

9.67

10.10

14.1%

14.7%

39.7%

-8.1%

1.59%

34,758

25,011

59,769

14,487

45,282

7.5%

72.7%

12.0%

7.3%

15.2%

23,886

129.9%

4,071

17,325

7,091

0.94

0.98

0.37

-

-

-

-

-

30,746,318 28,392,452

25,037,145

2,353,866

35,935,582 33,005,353

29,410,999

2,930,229

28,271,568

26,607,830 23,526,404

1,663,738

33,346,617

31,123,254 27,800,546

2,223,363

16,376,011

15,231,888

13,522,012

1,144,123

4,555,606

2,666,551

2,188,181

1,889,055

11,820,405

12,565,337

11,333,831

(744,932)

10,426,077

9,761,287

8,802,891

1,575,225

1,395,157

1,207,470

664,790

180,068

42,280

0.15%

0.42%

0.23%

101.00

93.35

18,394

0.07%

0.44%

0.14%

109.35

83.06

2,083

0.01%

0.16%

0.11%

59.12

72.94

23,886

129.9%

-

-

-

0.08%

-0.02%

0.09%

(8.35)

10.29

16,874,074

16,797,593

16,554,018

76,481

1,704,281

1,836,817

978,674

(132,536)

1.48

1.49

1.8%

14.6%

15.3%

15.8%

5.1%

925

602

1.29

1.56

1.5%

13.6%

14.4%

14.7%

4.9%

871

571

1.08

1.59

1.7%

13.5%

14.3%

14.5%

5.0%

669

562

0.19

(0.07)

-

-

-

-

-

54

31

173,399

95,535

70,954

77,864

81.5%

5.6%

8.4%

3.3%

7.8%

8.2%

3.0%

-0.7%

-1.4%

-1.8%

6.1%

-0.04%

8.3%

8.9%

6.3%

7.1%

7.5%

70.8%

-5.9%

6.8%

12.9%

-7.6%

12.4%

0.5%

-7.2%

14.7%

-4.5%

0.3%

1.0%

0.9%

1.1%

0.2%

6.2%

5.5%

(1) See Non-GAAP financial measures section of this MD&A. (2) Adjusted results exclude the impact of fair value gains or losses on mark-to-market 
loans, certain security investments and derivative financial instruments. (3) Increases in this ratio reflect reduced efficiencies, whereas decreases 
reflect improved efficiencies. (4) Operating leverage represents the growth % in Total revenue minus the growth % in Non-interest expenses. (5) 2020 
provision for credit losses includes 22.6 million (2019 – $14.5 million) of provisions for equipment leases. (6) 2018 measure represents Equitable’s 
employees prior to Bennington’s acquisition on January 1, 2019.

Select	financial	highlights

$000s, except share, per share 
amounts, percentages & employees

Q4

2020

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q4

2019

Q3

Q2

Q1

Operating	Results

Net-interest income (NII)

Non-interest income

Revenue
Non-interest expenses
Pre-provision pre-tax income(1)

Provisions for credit losses

Income tax expense

Net income
Adjusted net income(1)(2)

Operating	Performance

Earnings per share (EPS) – basic ($)

Earnings per share – diluted ($)
Adjusted EPS – diluted(1)(2) ($)
Return on equity(1) (%)
Adjusted Return on equity(1)(2) (%)
Efficiency ratio(3) (%)
YTD Operating leverage(1)(4) (%)
Net interest margin(1) (%)

Select balance sheet and other 
information

 131,117 

 20,833 

 127,431 

 118,707 

 120,151 

 124,827 

 118,147 

 114,322 

 105,352 

 21,277 

 12,623 

 4,694 

 9,353 

 9,702 

 8,473 

 6,888 

 151,950 

 148,708 

 131,330 

 124,845 

 134,180 

 127,849 

 122,795 

 112,240 

 55,348 

 96,602 

 103 

 25,075 

 71,424 

 68,864 

 4.17 

 4.13 

 3.98 

18.2%

17.5%

36.4%

4.7%

1.74%

 53,065 

 95,643 

 (2,357)

 24,072 

 73,928 

 70,910 

 4.33 

 4.30 

 4.13 

19.8%

19.0%

35.7%

2.2%

1.69%

 51,467 

 79,863 

 8,847 

 18,534 

 52,482 

 49,259 

 3.06 

 3.05 

 2.86 

14.7%

13.8%

39.2%

-2.7%

1.64%

 54,180 

 70,665 

 35,687 

 9,008 

 25,970 

 29,948 

 1.48 

 1.46 

 1.70 

7.2%

8.4%

43.4%

-6.3%

1.71%

 54,477 

 79,703 

 3,917 

 19,932 

 55,854 

 56,045 

 3.27 

 3.21 

 3.22 

15.9%

15.9%

40.6%

-1.4%

1.78%

 50,489 

 77,360 

 3,463 

 18,955 

 54,942 

 54,754 

 3.22 

 3.18 

 3.17 

16.2%

16.2%

39.5%

-3.1%

1.75%

 48,496 

 74,299 

 1,386 

 18,891 

 54,022 

 54,512 

 3.17 

 3.15 

 3.18 

16.8%

16.9%

39.5%

0.9%

1.76%

 46,111 

 66,129 

 9,628 

 14,840 

 41,661 

 46,579 

 2.44 

 2.42 

 2.72 

13.4%

15.0%

41.1%

-10.6%

1.67%

Total assets
Assets under management(1) (AUM) 35,935,582 

30,746,318  30,447,086   29,957,246  29,153,879  28,392,452  27,544,976  26,361,201  26,327,464 

 35,510,826  34,662,258 

 33,936,125  33,005,353  32,333,820  30,909,183  30,830,162 

Loans receivable
Loans under management(1) (LUM)

28,271,568 

 27,591,921 

 27,708,917  26,781,248  26,607,830  25,960,054  24,867,909  24,446,452 

33,346,617  32,550,738  32,330,889  31,496,058  31,123,254  30,640,893  29,321,091  28,848,831 

Total deposits

16,376,011  16,372,790  15,636,120  15,474,853  15,231,888  14,904,198  14,532,042  14,637,787 

Total EQ Bank deposits

 4,555,606 

 4,318,812 

3,287,602 

2,707,183 

 2,666,551 

 2,516,421 

 2,250,998 

2,218,607 

Total other deposits

11,820,405  12,053,978  12,348,518  12,767,670  12,565,337  12,387,777  12,281,044  12,419,180 

Total risk-weighted assets

10,426,077  10,179,647 

9,936,298 

9,916,286 

9,761,287 

9,586,356 

9,373,293 

9,229,237 

Common shareholders’ equity

1,575,225 

1,501,344 

1,426,826 

1,378,144 

1,395,157 

1,338,965 

1,287,089 

1,241,411 

Credit quality

Provisions for credit losses(5) ($)
PCL - rate(1) (%)

Net impaired loans as a % of total 
loan assets

Allowance for credit losses as a % 
of total loan assets

Common share information

103 

0.001%

(2,357)

-0.03%

8,847 

0.13%

35,687 

0.54%

3,917 

0.06%

3,463 

0.05%

1,386 

0.02%

9,628 

0.16%

0.42%

0.33%

0.54%

0.47%

0.44%

0.47%

0.42%

0.49%

0.23%

0.25%

0.27%

0.26%

0.14%

0.13%

0.13%

0.13%

Common share price – close ($)
Book value per common share(1) ($)

101.00 

93.35 

75.09 

89.25 

71.39 

84.89 

58.07 

82.00 

109.35 

83.06 

103.81 

79.97 

72.59 

77.22 

64.73 

74.59 

Common shares outstanding 
(millions)

Common share market 
capitalization

Dividends declared per:

Common share

Preferred share 

Dividend yield(1) – common shares
Capital	ratios	and	leverage	ratio(1)
Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (%)

Tier 1 capital ratio (%)

Total capital ratio (%)

Leverage ratio (%)

16,874,074  16,822,244  16,807,317  16,807,317  16,797,593  16,743,253  16,666,896  16,642,685 

1,704,281 

1,263,182 

1,199,874 

976,001 

1,836,817 

1,738,117 

1,209,850 

1,077,281 

0.37 

0.37 

1.6%

14.6%

15.3%

15.8%

5.1%

0.37 

0.37 

1.9%

14.3%

15.0%

15.5%

4.9%

0.37 

0.37 

2.3%

14.0%

14.7%

15.2%

4.8%

0.37 

0.37 

1.6%

13.5%

14.3%

14.7%

4.7%

0.35 

0.37 

1.3%

13.6%

14.4%

14.7%

4.9%

0.33 

0.40 

1.5%

13.3%

14.1%

14.4%

4.8%

0.31 

0.40 

1.8%

13.1%

13.9%

14.2%

4.9%

0.30 

0.40 

1.8%

12.9%

13.7%

14.0%

4.7%

(1) See Non-GAAP financial measures section of this MD&A. (2) Adjusted results exclude the impact of fair value gains or losses on mark-to-market loans, certain 
security investments and derivative financial instruments. (3) Increases in this ratio reflect reduced efficiencies, whereas decreases reflect improved efficiencies. 
(4) Operating leverage represents the growth % in Total revenue minus the growth % in Non-interest expenses. (5) 2020 provision for credit losses includes 22.6 
million (2019 – $14.5 million) of provisions for equipment leases.

Page. 5   

Overview and outlook

Equitable Group Inc. (TSX: EQB and EQB.PR.C) operates through its 
wholly owned subsidiary, Equitable Bank. The Bank’s purpose is to 
drive change in Canadian banking to enrich people’s lives.

Equitable Bank – Canada’s Challenger BankTM – is a Schedule I Bank 
regulated by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions 
Canada (OSFI) and serves over 246,000 Canadians with Total assets 
under management of nearly $36 billion. Equitable is one of nine 
publicly traded banks included in the S&P/TSX Composite Index, and 
the 8th largest measured by market capitalization at December 31, 
2020. In addition, Equitable is a member of the S&P/TSX Dividend 
Aristocrats, S&P/TSX Small Cap, S&P Canada BMI and MSCI Small Cap 
(Canada) Indices.

With approximately 925 employees across Canada, the Bank serves 
Canadians through two business lines: Personal Banking and 
Commercial Banking, and six primary consumer brands.

Personal	Banking

Personal Banking serves 229,000 Canadians, with total loans under 
management of $19 billion. Its diversified product suite consists of 
deposits, single family loans, home equity lines of credit (HELOC), and 
retirement decumulation solutions with reverse mortgages and cash 
surrender value (CSV) lines of credit. Our savings products are offered 
through EQ Bank, Equitable Bank, Equitable Trust, and a network 
of independent financial planners and brokers. Personal loans are 
originated through the independent mortgage broker channel and 
through third party financial institutions. EQ Bank is a leading digital 
bank – the first in Canada hosted in the cloud – serving 173,399 
Canadians, increasing on average by 215 customers per day in 2020. 
With constantly expanding solutions, EQ Bank is quickly becoming 
a primary banking option for Canadians, in addition to a source of 
diversified funding for the Bank. 

Equitable Bank and Equitable Trust are each members of the Canada 
Deposit Insurance Corporation (CDIC).

Commercial	Banking

With differentiated offerings including conventional commercial loans, 
commercial mortgages, specialized financing solutions, and equipment 
loans, Commercial Banking serves 17,500 Canadian businesses and now 
has $14 billion in loans under management. We lend through a network 
of mortgage and leasing brokers, lending partners, and other financial 
institutions. Commercial loans involve lending on multi-unit residential, 
industrial and office buildings, and other commercial property. 

Page. 6   

Environmental, Social and Governance

Equitable is proud of the critical role we play in 
the lives of Canadians as the country’s Challenger 
Bank. We take our responsibility to our customers, 
shareholders, employees, business partners and 
community partners seriously, and understand 
that meeting our obligations, objectives and 
commitments requires good governance, inspired 
leadership and an empowered culture.

Through their actions, our Board has built a strong 
governance framework designed to create value 
for all stakeholders, enhance long-term corporate 
sustainability and reduce business risk. We also 
understand that good governance is not just about 
structure or framework – it is about principled, 
invested people moving forward together, which is 
what we did in 2020.

Our Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) 
approach starts with our Board of Directors 
(Board). The members of our Board guide our 
efforts to assess and address the risks and 
opportunities inherent in our ecosystem. The 
Board’s key focus areas include long-term strategy 
and value creation, risk oversight, management 
succession, as well as workforce development and 
retention. We see these areas as fundamental to 
the Bank’s sustainability and future success.

Our Management Information Circular and our 
Sustainability Report and Public Accountability 
Statement provide important details on our approach 
to ESG and our annual progress. They are available 
at www.equitablebank.ca. We are particularly proud 
to operate with a diverse Board of Directors (42% 
are women), a diverse workforce (50% of whom 
identify as a member of a visible minority group), 
and as a Bank with a small, and managed, carbon 
footprint that works tirelessly to address the needs 
of underserved communities.

Long-term objectives and strategic priorities

Our strong results are driven by 
our three long-term objectives: 

Customer  
Service

Deliver the best customer 
service of any bank  
in Canada

Our team

Our 
customers

Culture
Nurture a “best place 
to work” culture that 
engages and empowers 
employees

ROE

Consistently deliver an 
ROE of 15%-17%+ while 
ensuring a solid capital 
foundation

Our shareholders

Page. 7   

In	2020,	our	strategic	priorities	included:

• Expand and enhance EQ Bank
• Grow our existing businesses with better service and innovation
• Further diversify through our leasing, reverse mortgage, and CSV loan businesses
• Pursue AIRB and improve sophistication of our capital management
• Enhance our capabilities through technology and people

Refer to the Financial results summary and segment performance section for our progress against 2020 
strategic priorities.

Key	Partnerships	and	Investments

The Bank is focused on enriching the lives of Canadians, enabled by deep partnerships with leading financial 
institutions, plus investments and partnerships with fintechs. Fintech partnerships enable exploration of 
opportunities aligned with both our asset and deposit strategy. Our strategy is focused on:

• Investments that enable participation in new businesses delivered through innovative platforms
• Partnerships in distribution, marketing, and white label
• Engagements with external technology solutions, leveraging APIs to offer an innovative range of services

The Bank has distinguished itself for developing partnerships that enhance both its consumer brands and its 
potential for revenue growth while delivering the best customer service. 

The	graphic	below	highlights	some	key	partnerships	and	clients	by	product	group.

Residential and Commercial Lending

EQ	Bank,	Deposit	Services,	Investments

Specialized	Finance

Decumulation

Page. 8   

Evolution of Canada’s Challenger BankTM

Our rich history of serving Canadians began in 1970 with our incorporation as a federally regulated financial 
institution. Fast forward to 2015 and we were named one of Canada’s top employers – a title we have held 
every year since. In 2016, to complement our then $8 billion deposit business, we introduced EQ Bank, Canada’s 
first-born all digital bank: built on a world-class digital platform to serve a mobile-first future. To express our 
continuous aspiration of providing better service and better value to our customers than traditional financial 
institutions, we earned and trademarked our title of Canada’s Challenger BankTM in 2017. We spent the final two 
years of the past decade becoming the first Canadian bank to migrate our core banking system to the cloud. As 
the decade closed, we joined Canada’s largest banks on the S&P/TSX Composite Index.

In the last five years alone, our Bank has grown and diversified more than in the previous 45 years combined. 
The key outcomes of our diversification efforts since 2015 are outlined below.

Diversification	of	our	cost-effective	
funding sources

We continue to diversify to reduce 
costs, increase our capital markets 
presence, manage risk and fuel  
long-term growth 

Brokered GICs

Brokered TFSAs

Brokered HISAs

EQ bank deposits

Deposit notes

Securitization Liability Principal

31-Dec-15

31-Dec-20

41%

41%

$14B
Total

49%

7%

34%

$28B
Total

5%

16%

2%

1%

3%

1%

Diversification	of	our	asset	mix

We continue to diversify to optimize 
yields and earnings while prudently 
managing risk

1%

4%

Cash and equivalents

26%

Equity securities and other retail loans

Alternative single family mortgages

Prime single family mortgages

$15B
Total

42%

Conventional commercial loans

14%

Equipment leases

Insured multi-unit residential mortgages

Insured assets (~45% of total assets are insured)

13%

1%

6%

2%

15%

36%

$30B
Total

27%

13%

Page. 9   

We began 2020, challenging ourselves to drive 
change in Canadian banking to enrich people’s lives. 
Our purpose guides us to deliver value through 
timely, thoughtful innovations that create better 
banking experiences for our customers. 2020 was a 
watershed year for Canada’s Challenger BankTM as 
we took advantage of our capabilities and cloud-
based core banking system to expand customer 
services, increase customer engagement and set the 
stage for growth over the next five years.

We continued making significant inroads and 
challenging the Canadian banking landscape through:

EQ	Bank

In 2020, we lived our vision by aggressively expanding 
EQ Bank’s innovative financial services to address 
the core banking needs of Canadians at all stages 
of life. The introductions of the EQ Bank Tax Free 
Savings Account and the EQ Bank Retirement Savings 
Plan – both offering superior interest, no fees and the 
no-hassle convenience of online account openings 
– created tax-advantaged ways for our customers 
to reach their savings goals faster. Additionally, we 
created joint account capabilities so that spouses 
and friends can share the benefits of the Savings Plus 
Account including free bill payments, free transactions 
and a competitive savings rate. Joint accounts 
eliminate the need for our customers to use other 
institutions for this key everyday banking need. 
These advancements follow the late 2019 launch of 
the EQ Bank international money transfer service 
in partnership with TransferWise, a fintech solution 
that is up to eight times cheaper(1) and much more 
convenient than traditional bank services. 20 new 
currencies were added to the platform in 2020, for 
total coverage of 67 countries and 37 currencies. 

Strategically, a key goal is to increase the value we 
deliver to EQ Bank customers as a means of building 
the value of our franchise. We gauge our success 
in this important area by measuring customer 
engagement in the form of number of products held 
and regular use of EQ Bank’s services. It increased 
23% in 2020. 

While value creation for customers is paramount, 
we also measure the lifetime value of a customer 
to the Bank. Under accounting principles, we 
expense the cost of customer account acquisition 
in the period it occurs, while the value is realized for 
both our customer and Equitable over the future 
relationship. Our estimate of the cost of acquisition 

and the projected value of the relationship improved 
dramatically in 2020. 

For a digital bank, the cost of customer acquisition 
can be high. We focus on driving this cost down 
through cost-effective advertising programs and 
in 2020, we found success through our recently 
launched digital customer referral program – which 
attracted over 10,000 new accounts. 

During 2020, EQ Bank won three prestigious awards:

•  Ratehub.ca’s Personal Finance Award for having 

Canada’s top high-interest savings account 

•  IBS Intelligence’s Best Fintech Innovation Award 
in the cloud deployment category (shared with 
Temenos, our partner) 

•  Celent Model Bank Award in the banking-in-the 

cloud category 

Wealth Solutions

During 2020, we added depth and breadth to our 
Challenger Bank deposit products in line with our 
goal of creating a suite of wealth solutions to serve 
the diverse investment goals of our customers. Key 
additions included Equitable Bank U.S. Currency 
GICs and the Equitable Bank U.S. High Interest 
Savings Account. These new products challenged 
the limited offering available in the advisor market, 
signaled our intention to grow our foreign currency 
deposit services and complement the existing 
deposit product portfolio available at Equitable 
Bank and Equitable Trust. Combined with EQ Bank, 
our total deposits stood at $16.4 billion at year end. 

Personal	and	Commercial	Banking	Solutions

New frontiers in growth took shape in our Personal 
and Commercial lines of business with a new 
organizational structure aligned to key customer 
segments and designed to drive better banking 
experiences. One of our best opportunity areas 
involves providing innovative financial services to 
retired Canadians, a large and growing demographic. 
After intensely studying the credit risk and rewards 
of products that appeal to retired Canadians and 
settling on loan structures that would meet our 
capital allocation standards, we stood up a wealth 
decumulation business in 2018 and an insurance-
backed line of credit product in 2019. In 2020, we 
made significant advancements with new products 
and new distribution partnerships and are well 
positioned to accelerate future growth in this market.

(1) Based on research conducted by Equitable comparing exchange rates and transaction fees from TransferWise, Canada’s Big 5 banks 
and Simplii Financial.

 
Page. 10   

Highlights included the addition of Equitable Bank’s Reverse Mortgage 
Flex Program to our decumulation business to serve homeowners who 
wish to access more of their hard-earned equity. Immediately following 
year end, we announced a new partnership with Coast Capital to bring 
this solution to members of the British Columbia based federal credit 
union.

Additionally, within Personal Banking, we have quickly evolved 
our single-family lending lines of business by growing in the prime 
mortgage market. 2015 marked our entry point into the prime market. 
Our early ambitions were to originate between $1 billion and $2 billion 
of mortgages per annum. In 2020, our prime portfolio exceeded $8 
billion as we deployed more capital than ever to serve Canadians with 
a Challenger Bank solution. Prime lending is a very large market in 
Canada and one that holds substantial promise for our Bank due to 
the strength of our distribution model and ability to deliver excellent 
customer service. 

In Commercial Banking, we evolved our offering in several ways 
including through the Bank’s Specialized Finance Group. It offers 
Challenger Bank secured financing solutions to specialty lenders to 
finance their growth. 

Looking ahead, we will continue to challenge ourselves and others 
to think and do things differently. We will continue to push for value 
creation in our industry as a tireless advocate for Open Banking and a 
reliable partner to other leaders in fintech and financial services. We 
will grow our diversified personal and commercial banking platforms 
by adding new products and services. We will use EQ Bank in new ways 
to reach and serve more Canadians as a straightforward, no nonsense 
alternative to traditional banks. And we will preserve the qualities 
that make us a trusted name in financial services: our rigorous and 
disciplined risk management practices and our steadfast belief that 
customers deserve better.

Page. 11   

Continuous focus on innovation

As Canada’s Challenger BankTM, Equitable is always 
looking for opportunities to innovate its banking 
and lending platforms. We have a distinct focus on 
product development and integration of fintech 
and emerging technologies to make it easier for 
Canadians to reach their financial goals. 

Our passion for continuous innovation can be seen 
in the recent introduction of many new services 
and capabilities. To name a few:

•  The 2019 launch and 2020 expansion of our EQ 
Bank international money transfer service in 
partnership with TransferWise which enables 
Canadians to easily, quickly and cheaply move 
money – without hidden fees – to family and 
friends in dozens of countries and 37 currencies. 

•  The launch of an all-digital referral service 

within EQ Bank in May 2020 which contributed 
to the substantial increase in new account 
openings during the year.

•  The creation of all-digital joint accounts and all-

digital TFSA and RSP accounts at EQ Bank in 2020.

•  The development of our EQ Bank onboarding 
technology that eliminates points of pain for 
customers by allowing customers to open 
everyday digital accounts including joint 
accounts with a few mouse clicks.

•  The 2019 launch and 2020 expansion of our Cash 
Surrender Value (CSV) line of credit product that 
is differentiated on many levels including its 
ability to relieve customers of the need to first 
have a private banking relationship.

•  The 2018 launch and subsequent market share 
growth of reverse mortgages as one of only 
two banks providing services of this kind in 
Canada and the one that offers the lowest 
rates and as a result of innovation, the easiest 
onboarding process. 

With our continuous focus on innovation, we are 
positioning the Bank for broad and expected 
future developments in three areas: open banking, 
payment modernization, and cloud migration.

Open Banking is a framework that enables 
consumers and businesses to easily share 
access to their financial data with more than one 
financial institution or fintech, using secure online 
technology. Currently, each individual financial 
institution controls access to this information.  
Open Banking, which has been successfully 
adopted in other countries, would give Canadians 
greater access to services available in the digital 
economy that they can use to better and more 
securely manage their financial affairs. We 
believe Open Banking will benefit agile banks 
such as Equitable. Accordingly, we are laying the 
groundwork to provide valuable services to our 
customers that are enabled by the implementation 
of Open Banking in Canada. In 2020, we participated 
in the second round of consultations on the Minister 
of Finance’s Open Banking advisory panel. 

We envision a future where EQ Bank can serve 
customers by being part of an ecosystem of 
financial services in which consumers access 
our best-in-class products and those of other 
companies – an ecosystem supported by our 
bank-grade security systems. Our ecosystem 
will be developed through in-house innovations 
and partnerships with fintechs, brokerages, and 
other business partners. Given our Challenger 
Bank culture, our agile and scalable technology 
infrastructure, and our security posture, EQ Bank is 
in a unique position to innovate and create a better 
banking experience for Canadians when Open 
Banking arrives in Canada.

As Canada studies Open Banking, it also needs to 
consider how to best enable third-party access 
to customer data. Our Bank is very supportive of 
the idea of a digital ID, which allows identification 
without the need for face-to-face interaction and the 
exchange of physical documents. The introduction 
of a digital ID system would reduce fraud, enhance 
privacy, improve regulatory compliance and 
eliminate costs and duplications associated with 
identity collection. In broad terms, it would improve 
the productivity of the Canadian economy.

 
 
Page. 12   

Payment modernization remains a top priority 
for Equitable given the rapid growth of our digital 
banking platform. In contrast to other countries 
with modernized real-time payment systems, it is 
inefficient for customers to move money within 
Canada’s banking system. This inefficiency impedes 
innovation, competition and growth in financial 
services. Equitable is investing in upgrading our 
infrastructure to support the new ISO20022 
standard. This infrastructure in combination with 
Payments Canada’s Payments Modernization 
program will position us to act on both direct to 
consumer as well as new business line innovation 
opportunities in our pipeline. As part of this 
journey, we are in the initial stages of engagement 
with Payments Canada and the broader industry to 
assess the potential to participate in Real-Time Rails 
(RTR) to improve how Canadians move money. 

Equitable Bank is the only bank in Canada to host 
its digital core banking system in the cloud, giving 
us the advantage of scalability, reduced costs in the 
long run, enhanced security and agility to change 
our products and services quickly. The next round 
of innovation into cloud migration will begin in 2021 
as Equitable Bank strives to achieve 100% cloud 
capability over the next three years. The agility of 
the cloud infrastrucutre is one of the main reasons 
why we were able to shift to a work-from-home 
model effectively within two weeks at the start of 
the COVID-19 pandemic lockdown in March 2020. 
We will continue to grow our digital platform and 
pursue opportunities that align with our strategy so 
that we are able to offer a banking ecosystem best 
fit for Canadians in all walks of life.

Page. 13   

Shareholder returns

Equitable’s performance is unequalled among its peers(1). 

Total Shareholder Return 

Equitable has delivered a Total Shareholder Return of 145% over the past five years, the highest of all the 
banks listed on the S&P/TSX Composite Index.

Total Shareholder Return 
2016-2020 (%)

Total Shareholder Return 
2011-2020 (%)

145.0

Equitable Group Inc.

408.2

68.5

69.7

S&P/TSX Total Capped 
Financials Index

150.4

S&P/TSX Total Return 
Composite Index

80.7

Return on Equity 

Equitable has delivered an average 
Return on Equity of 15.4% over 
the past five years – higher than 
the average of all Schedule I banks 
listed on the S&P/TSX Composite 
Index. 

Efficiency	Ratio

Equitable is the most efficient 
Schedule I Bank of the nine 
Schedule I banks in Canada 
included in the S&P/TSX 
Composite Index, and the only 
one that operates entirely 
without a physical retail 
presence. Due to our branchless 
operating model, we have a low 
level of fixed expenses and a 
highly flexible cost structure. 

59%

38%

2016

EQB

15.4%

13.7%

EQB

Peer(1) Average

57%

56%

57%

57%

37%

40%

40%

39%

2017

2018

2019

2020

Peer(1) Average

(1) Royal Bank of Canada, Toronto-Dominion Bank, Bank of Nova Scotia, Bank of Montreal, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, National 
Bank, Laurentian Bank and Canadian Western Bank.

Page. 14   

Capital	Strength

Standardized

We build capital to fuel 
our growth by retaining 
approximately 89% of our 
earnings – our retained earnings 
add approximately 50 basis 
points to our Common Equity 
Tier 1 (CET1) ratio each quarter. 
Equitable has the highest CET1 
ratio of all Canadian publicly 
listed banks, including banks 
that have already converted 
to AIRB. AIRB banks tend to 
have lower risk weights than 
standardized banks for assets 
with the same risk.

AIRB

14.6% |

9.6% |

8.8% |

13.1% |

12.5% |

12.1% |

11.9% |

11.8% |

11.8% |

Lowest	credit	losses	 
to total loans

We have a mature risk 
management framework that 
guides all of our activities. The 
philosophy that underpins our 
approach is that we operate 
within a strict risk appetite 
and we will not stretch that 
appetite to achieve our growth 
objectives. Our rigorous 
framework has resulted in an 
average provision for credit loss 
rate of just 0.02% over the past 
five years - the lowest among all 
Schedule I banks listed on the 
S&P/TSX Composite Index.

.26%

.02%

2016

EQB

.25%

.24%

.25%

.26%

.01%

.01%

.04%

.04%

2017

2018

2019

2020

Peer(1) Average

Our industry-best performance is the direct result of the consistent application of our value creation method, 
our formula for delivering consistently high ROE while paying a relatively modest but growing dividend. Over 
the last five year period, Equitable’s common share dividend increased at a CAGR of 14.3% and we reinvested 
the bulk of our earnings into the Bank to generate superior ROE. 

(1) Royal Bank of Canada, Toronto-Dominion Bank, Bank of Nova Scotia, Bank of Montreal, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, National 
Bank, Laurentian Bank and Canadian Western Bank.

Page. 15   

Capital, liquidity and funding

Capital

Capital	deployment

We build capital to fuel our growth primarily by 
retaining most of our earnings. After paying a 
growing dividend, we have been able to profitably 
deploy this retained capital to achieve double-digit 
loan growth in our existing businesses. All of our 
loans must meet well-defined ROE thresholds and 
contribute to maximizing our overall risk-adjusted 
returns. A smaller, but still meaningful, amount of 
equity capital is also allocated to our innovation 
efforts each year.

Capital	Management	Framework

Strong capital base allows us to pursue our growth 
objectives while returning capital to shareholders

Maintain target Common Equity Tier 
and Leverage Ratios

Consistently	grow	dividends

Find	attractive	assets	within	existing	
markets;	deploy	to	highest	 
ROE	opportunities	first

Invest	in	growth	and	 
diversification	initiatives	that	 
meet return thresholds

Return	excess	capital	to	
shareholders	if	we	cannot	 
deploy	it	prudently

The Bank’s capital position is fundamental to our 
future success. We evaluate our capital using the 
CET1 Ratio as defined by OSFI which measures the 
Bank’s loss-absorbing ability relative to the size 
of our risk-adjusted asset base. We target a CET1 
Ratio in the mid-point of our operating range of 
between 13% and 14%. At the end of 2020, our CET1 
Ratio was above that range at 14.6%. The 100 bps 
increase in our CET1 Ratio during 2020 was driven 
by positive earnings, more modest risk-weighted 
asset (RWA) growth, portfolio insurance acquired on 
$687 million of Alternative single family loans, and 
restrictions imposed by OSFI on dividend increases 
and capital distribution. Our capital position remains 
the highest amongst Canadian banks, well above 
regulatory minimums, and positions us well for 
future growth. Relative to our target CET1 Ratio, 
the Bank is holding $118 million of excess capital or 
$6.99 per common share. This additional capital led 
to our 2020 ROE being suppressed by ~0.7%. Our 
stress testing and financial forecasts indicate that 
our capital is sufficient to withstand all modelled 
scenarios and will likely remain within or above our 
target range in 2021.

The transition to AIRB is an important step in the 
Bank’s maturity and sophistication. We continue 
to advance this initiative with the objective of 
refining our risk rating models and capital allocation 
methodology, as well as filing our pre-application 
package with OSFI, in Q1 2022. Our objective 
is to transition to AIRB by early 2023. We note 
that setting objectives for obtaining regulatory 
approval to operate on an AIRB basis may include 
assumptions outside of the Bank’s control, and that 
unforeseen delays may occur. The benefits of AIRB 
include improving the sophistication of our risk 
management, allocating appropriate levels of capital 
to our risks, introducing capital methodologies that 
enable us to compete more effectively across a 
broader range of assets, and free up more capital 
to further grow risk weighted assets in a prudent 
manner. Our ongoing analysis continues to confirm 
that AIRB has the potential to have a meaningful 
impact on our total RWA and related potential 
economic benefit to the Bank. This analysis suggests 
that our CET1 Ratio could improve by as much as 
400 bps under AIRB after full adoption.

Page. 16   

Change in Equitable Bank CET1 Capital Ratio (%)

0.1%

0.8%

0.2%

1.9%

14.6%

16.00%

13.00%

10.00%

13.6%

Dec 31, 2019

Net income 
after dividends

Other 
Comprehensive 
Income & Others

Loan Portfolio 
Growth

Investments in 
Innovation

Dec 31, 2020

In Q3 2019, Equitable announced its intention to 
grow its dividend at a rate between 20% and 25% for 
each of the next five years. Although these planned 
increases were put on hold in 2020 because of 
regulatory guidance from OSFI meant to support the 
financial and operational resilience of all federally 
regulated banks during the pandemic, the Board 
remains committed to returning to these dividend 
growth rates once regulatory restrictions are lifted. 
Our long-term forecasts indicate that even with this 
faster pace of dividend growth the Bank will retain 
sufficient capital to support strong business growth.

If high return growth prospects in any of our existing 
businesses ever demanded more capital than we 
produce organically, we would raise additional 
equity in the markets. Conversely, if we began to 
generate significant excess capital that we could 
not deploy prudently in our existing businesses, 
we would either seek new businesses – as we did 
in 2019 by acquiring Bennington – or return excess 
capital to our shareholders. Any capital return 
activities such as stock buybacks would be executed 
within defined parameters and with the goal of 
maximizing long-term shareholder value.

We intend to achieve our growth organically over the 
medium-term but will continue to examine non-
organic growth opportunities that will enable us to 
achieve our strategic objectives, and continue to 
diversify our distribution capabilities and revenue 
sources. We intend to maintain access to the capital 
markets, so that we have the capacity to finance 
acquisitions that create value for our shareholders. 

Normal course issuer bid

On December 21, 2020, Equitable Group announced 
that it received the approval of the Toronto Stock 
Exchange (the TSX) for a normal course issuer bid 
(NCIB) of up to 1,144,245 of its Common Shares 
and 297,250 of its Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate 
Rest Preferred Shares Series 3, representing 
approximately 10% of its public float of each class 
of shares as at December 11, 2020. Equitable may 
purchase up to a maximum of 630,000 Common 
Shares under the terms of the NCIB.

At December 31, 2020, Equitable had purchased 
and cancelled 3,300 preferred shares at an average 
price of $24.91.

Liquidity and funding

Managing Equitable’s liquidity and funding risk is 
a central focus. Our objective is to hold sufficient 
liquidity so that we remain well positioned to 
manage unexpected events that may reduce access 
to funding. Equitable monitors its level of liquidity 
by measuring liquid assets relative to the minimum 
requirements under its liquidity policy. These 
minimum requirements ensure adequate liquidity 
under both business-as-usual and contingent 
scenarios. At December 31, 2020, the Bank held 
liquidity in excess of its policy threshold. In addition, 
Equitable also measures liquidity as mandated by 
OSFI using the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) metric. 
At December 31, 2020, our LCR was well in excess of 
the regulatory minimum of 100%. From an absolute 
dollar perspective, Equitable increased its liquidity 
assets held for regulatory purposes to $2.8 billion 
from $1.7 billion, a 77% increase from a year ago. 
The increase in liquid assets was a result of higher 
near-term requirements and a shift in deposit mix. 

 
 
 
Page. 17   

Over the past several years, Equitable has expanded the breadth of 
its funding facilities and diversified its funding sources. In addition, 
the Bank joined other large Canadian financial institutions in ensuring 
access to the Bank of Canada’s emergency funding programs 
implemented as a result of the pandemic. Our liquidity and contingent 
facilities include:

•  two warehouse structures for insured prime and multi-unit 

residential mortgages provided by two of Canada’s Big 6 banks,
•  funding structure for uninsured single family residential mortgage 

provided by one of Canada’s Big 6 banks,

•  a contingent term repo facility which permits the repo of 

government and provincial guaranteed securities,

•  access to the Bank of Canada sponsored (contingent) liquidity 

facilities intended to support the entire financial system

•  the Standing Term Liquidity Facility (STLF), a new liquidity 

facility launch in March 2020, 

•  the Emergency Lending Assistance, a facility which permits the 
pledging of both insured and uninsured mortgages as well as 
marketable securities, a facility of last resort for institutions 
facing serious liquidity problems. 

As a result of the continued strength of the Bank’s liquidity position 
and access to diversified funding sources, 91% of which is held in cash 
and government/provincial guaranteed securities covering 54% of our 
demand deposits, and increasing access to funding sources, Equitable 
terminated its secured backstop funding facility effective December 
11, 2020. As a result of this termination, all unamortized up-front costs 
associated with the facility were written off but were substantially offset 
by the standby fee savings during Q4 2020. The termination of the 
secured backstop funding facility is expected to reduce interest expense 
by $0.6 million a quarter in 2021.

Our Challenger Bank evolution has seen Equitable diversify its sources 
of funding beyond broker deposits and securitization and we expect 
this to continue. Our funding diversification efforts have yielded 
strong benefits with nearly 40% of our funding now coming from new 
sources including a deposit note program, deposits through strategic 
partnerships, and the tremendous success of EQ Bank, our innovative 
digital offering. All of these funding avenues have lowered our risk 
profile and positioned us well for continued balance sheet growth, all 
while still allowing us to offer very competitive deposit rates to our 
customers. 

We continue to look for opportunities to grow and become more 
competitive, including the introduction of new products. Of significance, 
we believe the launch of a covered bond program in 2021 will further 
diversify our funding and have the added benefit of introducing a lower 
cost of funds relative to traditional broker deposits.

   
   
Page. 18   

Economic and business outlook

As Canada’s Challenger BankTM, we are well 
positioned to grow, even in the most challenging of 
circumstances. We expect our strategy to continue 
delivering above average service and value to 
our customers, partners and shareholders. The 
forecasts in this section are based on assumptions 
from sources we consider reliable – the Bank 
leverages Moody’s Analytics for information on 
general economic indicators in its models. Like 
other banks, we may not consistently realize 
our financial performance goals if business or 
competitive conditions, funding availability, 
capacity in securitization markets, the regulatory 
environment, the housing market, the economic 
impact of COVID-19, or general economic conditions 
differ from expectations. We will, however, continue 
to drive positive change in the banking industry 
every year, regardless of the broader environment 
and in keeping with our Challenger Bank ethos. 

Economic	outlook

Due to the global resurgence of COVID-19 cases, 
global economic activity slowed at the end of 
2020 despite strong recovery signals in the 
summer months and significant, ongoing fiscal 
and monetary stimulus. The arrival of vaccines 
in many countries is promising but widespread 
vaccinations will take time and, in the meantime, 
many countries, including Canada, will experience 
economic challenges due to business lockdowns. 
The Canadian economy is expected to grow 
between 3% to 5% in 2021 with the unemployment 
rate expected to stabilize around 8% by year-
end. While bond yields are expected to rise with 
improvement in economic conditions, we expect 
the Bank of Canada overnight rate to remain at low 
levels for an extended period with annualized CPI 
at around 2% in 2021. 

The two major trends that are expected to play 
a significant factor in the continued success of 
our business are urbanization and immigration. 
Over the past 75 years, Canadians have migrated 

in record numbers to large urban centres due to 
diverse and growing economic opportunities. While 
the pandemic has led some Canadians to move to 
smaller, rural communities to take advantage of 
the ability to work from home, we view this shift 
as temporary. Large urban centres will continue to 
provide diversity of economic opportunity which 
bodes well for employment and for our Bank which 
perceives higher risk in small, single-industry 
towns. Although immigration has temporarily 
slowed due to pandemic border entry restrictions, 
the Government of Canada is committed to 
welcoming more than 400,000 newcomers to 
Canada annually from 2021 to 2023. High levels of 
immigration will create demand for our products 
and unlock greater potential for our digital banking 
platform. Both trends will generally contribute to 
higher demand in the residential housing market. 
We remain positive on the outlook of the real estate 
market going into 2021 as forecasts for the House 
Price Index show it rising by at least 2%.

The impact of COVID-19 has accelerated the adoption 
of digital banking by Canadians. With a 10% growth in 
digital adoption in the first-round of 2020 lockdowns, 
well over 80% of Canadian customers now use online 
banking and over 60% mobile banking. The ease 
and convenience of digital has also led customers 
to interact more frequently with their banks, with 
over 50% interacting at least once a week compared 
to 32% two years prior. These trends all suggest 
Canadians are growing increasingly comfortable 
relying on digital banks to meet their needs, 
which reduces their dependence on physical bank 
branches. Moreover, the impact of the pandemic 
has also seen a 28% increase in the personal savings 
rate, with savings products that have flexible cash-
out options up 31%. This has naturally brought 
greater awareness of the interest rates banks offer 
their customers on deposits as Canadians look to 
keep their savings in a secure and flexible account or 
savings vehicle.

Page. 19   

Business	outlook

For asset and revenue growth forecasts by business 
lines, refer to the Financial results summary and 
segment performance section.

Equitable established medium-term objectives in 
2019 to allow the management, the Board, and our 
shareholders to measure and assess the success of 
our strategy over time. These targets were adopted in 
response to investor feedback, to align with broader 
market practices, and to provide a longer-term view 
that supplements the annual outlook in our MD&A.

In addition to the medium-term objectives above, 
we rely on the following key metrics to assess the 
performance of the business relative to our peers 
and the effectiveness of our strategy:

•  Net Interest Margin: NIM should remain flat or 

increase slightly from 2020 levels as margins within 
each of our businesses are expected to remain 
relatively consistent and we benefit from tailwinds 
from a lower rate on our EQ Bank deposits and the 
expected launch of our Covered Bond Program. 

•  Provision	for	credit	losses: PCLs should decrease 

in subsequent quarters, assuming economic 
forecasts stabilize or improve with the reopening 
of the Canadian economy and borrower behaviour 
is consistent with what our credit loss models 
anticipate. If economic forecasts worsen or our 
borrowers react more negatively than expected 
to credit stress, provisions could be elevated in 
future quarters. The duration and depth of the 
economic contraction, as well as the positive 
impact of government support initiatives, will be 
the key determinants of the loan losses that we 
ultimately realize.

•  Loans	growth: We expect loan growth to be 

between 6% and 10%. We describe our growth 
expectations for individual loan categories in 
detail in the Financial results summary and 
segment performance section.

•  Efficiency	ratio: Non-interest expenses are 

expected to be higher than 2020 due to catch 
up on investment and significant value creating 
opportunities. We are committed to positive 
operating leverage and efficiency ratio to be 
between 39% to 41% in 2021.

• 	Employee	engagement: Over the years, Equitable 

has been recognized as an employer of choice, most 
recently as one of the Best WorkplacesTM in Canada 
by Great Place To Work® for the year 2020-21. 
The wellbeing of our employees and engagement 
excellence will remain areas of focus in 2021.

Medium-term objective

Adjusted ROE

15%-17%

Adjusted Earnings per  

Share EPS Growth

12%-15%

Dividend Growth

20%-25%

CET1 Ratio

13%-14%

As we continue to execute on our strategic plan and 
follow our vision as Canada’s Challenger BankTM, we 
remain focused on capital and risk management. Our 
decisions are guided not just by short-term financial 
returns but by a longer-term view that protects our 
depositors and builds value for our shareholders. 
We are determined to avoid the reputational and 
regulatory issues that many banking industry 
participants have faced around the globe.

Capital

We expect our capital levels to remain above our 
target range, as long as OSFI maintains restrictions 
on dividends and buybacks, or in the absence of 
additional organic or non-organic activities the 
Bank may undertake.

We continue to advance our AIRB initiative with the 
objective of transitioning to AIRB by early 2023. We 
note that setting objectives for obtaining regulatory 
approval to operate on an AIRB basis includes 
assumptions outside of the Bank’s control, and 
that unforeseen delays may occur. The benefits of 
AIRB include improving the sophistication of our 
risk management, allocating appropriate levels 
of capital to our risks, and introducing capital 
methodologies that allows us to compete more 
effectively across a broader range of assets. AIRB 
has the potential to have a meaningful impact on 
our total risk-weighted assets, a further increase in 
capital from our current levels and related potential 
economic benefit to the Bank.

Risk	management

Management consistently manages credit risk 
through the application of prudent lending 
practices. Like many observers, Equitable has a 
constructive view on the Canadian residential real 
estate market while acknowledging that depressed 
commodity prices do represent elevated risk in 
certain regional markets. We expect credit loss 
provisions on our mortgage book to remain low 

Page. 20   

or reverse in 2021 as expectations for credit 
losses subside, assuming the Canadian economy 
continues its road to recovery. Mortgage arrears 
rates in our single-family book are expected to 
remain low – these levels may have been positively 
influenced by the mortgage deferral program in 
early 2020, which provided customers in need with 
time to restore their sources of income.

In 2020, our alternative lending group made a 
deliberate decision to further strengthen the credit 

risk position of the portfolio. In this respect, we 
targeted for lower loan-to-value (LTV) and focused 
on underwriting on sustainability of income in the 
face of pandemic uncertainties. This strengthened 
the quality of our portfolio but led to a relative 
decrease in market share. We anticipate that the 
mid-term annualized loss rate for the entire Bank 
to remain in the range of 3 to 7 basis points given 
the credit exposure on the Bennington equipment 
leasing portfolio.

Significant development – COVID-19

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization 
declared the outbreak of COVID-19 a global 
pandemic. The disruptive effects were felt 
immediately across Canada. Equitable responded 
quickly and in a comprehensive, thoughtful 
manner. At the time of writing, uncertainty 
regarding the path of the virus and its effects on 
economic behaviour remain elevated, making 
economic projections highly conditional on 
assumptions about the timing of vaccine rollouts in 
Canada. In its January 2021 Monetary Policy Report, 
the Bank of Canada projected that the Canadian 
economy will grow by 4% in 2021 and almost 5% 
in 2022 after declining in 2020. Based on record 
financial performance achieved in 2020, we remain 
optimistic about Equitable’s growth and earnings 
prospects due to the structural advantages of 
operating as a digital and branchless bank with 
diversified sources of revenue. In particular, we 
believe the pandemic accelerated consumer 
demand for and use of digital banking services, 
which is adding momentum to EQ Bank. 

Ensuring	Employee	Safety	and	Business	
Continuity 

By March 16th, 95% of our employees moved to a 
work-from-home model where they maintained a 
business-as-usual customer service operation with 
full access to our technologies. This proved to be 
important as customer inquiries and requests for 
support quickly escalated with the first lockdown in 
March 2020. Reflecting the dedication and resiliency 
of our team, and the strength and reliability of our 
IT backbone, productivity remains high even as we 
head into the second year of the pandemic with 
employees continuing to productively work from 
home. To help employees cope with the stress that 

accompanies a health and economic crisis of this 
nature, Equitable reinforced its health support 
system within its broader employee health and 
wellness programs. We also made it clear that we 
had no intention of engaging in layoffs, although 
we did act decisively in deferring new hiring and 
reducing discretionary spending.

Serving Customers 

Canada’s Challenger BankTM plays an important role 
for customers by providing a safe place to store 
value and by lending capital to help people buy 
homes and build businesses through our Personal 
and Commercial bank operations. Through the year 
and the pandemic lockdowns, the Bank continued 
to lend and continued to pay high rates of interest 
on our conveniently accessible savings products.

As a result of a rapid increase in unemployment, 
Canadian banks including Equitable responded by 
offering some of our customers the opportunity 
to defer their loan payments if the pandemic 
interrupted their incomes. We also offered to 
restructure loans to be interest-only as a means of 
providing short-term help. Support of this nature 
was intended to allow customers time to seek other 
employment/sources of income before returning 
to their regular payment schedules. Deferrals 
represented a relatively modest increase in risk to 
the Bank that dissipated as the year progressed. The 
Bank deferred loan payments for 18,700 customers, 
representing 20% of our mortgage portfolio. This 
number declined to 44 customers and 0.03% of 
lending portfolio as of December 31, 2020, with 
almost all customers resuming payments in advance 
or per scheduled deferral timelines.

Page. 21   

Maintaining	Lending	Activities	and	Managing	Credit	Risk

The Bank continued to lend in all asset categories in 2020 on the belief 
that we could play a constructive role in providing liquidity to the 
Canadian economy. However, we took various actions to shape our 
asset growth:

•  we increased focus on insured lending with higher originations in 

both our single-family and multi-family lines

•  we temporarily tightened loan-to-value ratio requirements at the 

outset of the pandemic for uninsured assets which slowed the rate 
of growth in certain segments of our portfolio 

•  we monitored the performance of all credit exposures more tightly 

than normal

In response to economic forecasts at the time and based on results 
from our expected credit loss estimation framework, we increased 
our PCLs in Q1 and Q2 2020. Our balance sheet credit loss reserves, or 
allowances, increased materially to reflect the state of the economy at 
that time. The increase in our allowance – which drove higher PCLs – 
related to performing loans (Stage 1 and 2). We model these expected 
losses based on our current book of business and macroeconomic 
forecasts provided by a recognized third party. At year-end, positive 
changes in economic forecasts allowed us to reduce our allowances 
for performing loans, which led to some reversal of Stage 1 and 2 
provisions.

Page. 22   

Financial results summary and segment performance

Performance	against	2020	strategic	priorities

Equitable generated all-time record earnings in 
2020 as we continued to execute on our strategic 
priorities. These results reflect growth across our 
diversified loan portfolio, the effectiveness of 
our risk-managed underwriting, and vigilance in 
maintaining an efficient operating cost structure. 
Equitable is also rapidly building franchise value 
from its EQ Bank platform through a $1.9 billion 
increase in deposits in the year and an 82% 
increase in EQ Bank customers to over 173,000

Strategically, operationally and financially, 2020 was 
substantially productive.

•  Net income grew by $17.3 million or 8% in 2020 

to almost $224 million, a new record.

•  Diluted EPS grew 8% to $12.95, also a new 

record.

•  Q4 2020 ROE was 18.2%, reflecting the Equitable 

value creation approach which has delivered 
consistently high ROE for over a decade 

• Book value per share grew 12.4% to $93.35.
•  Common share dividends declared increased 
15% to $1.48 per share prior to a regulatory 
moratorium on dividend increases by Canadian 
banks

•  Capital ratios exceeded the upper end of our 
target range providing important capacity for 
future growth

•  Realized losses remained low at 4bps of total 

assets or $13.0 million

Reported results exclude the impact of $6.6 million 
of net mark-to-market gains on loans and gains 
on certain security investments and derivative 
financial instruments. Excluding these items, 
performance was still best ever. Adjusted EPS and 
ROE were $12.66 and 14.5%, respectively, compared 
to $12.29 and 15.9% in 2019. This performance 
was mainly attributable to higher NII driven by 
11% average asset growth. The $7.2 million of 
amortization of insurance premiums net of funding 
cost savings on $687 million of Alternative single 
family mortgages portfolio insured in Q2 2020, 
and higher gains on our securitization activities 
as we purposefully increased insured mortgage 
originations during a wider-spread environment 
partially offset the positive impact of asset growth 
on NII.

Our accomplishments in 2020, coupled with 
ongoing strategic investments, lay the foundation 
for more success in future years.

Items of note

Our 2020 financial results were impacted by the 
following item:

•  $6.6 million of net mark-to-market gains on 

certain investments, loans, and securitization-
related derivative positions.

Our 2019 financial results were impacted by the 
following items:

•  $5.7 million one-time IFRS 9 related provision 
for credit losses for Bennington’s equipment 
lease portfolio that was recorded at the time  
of acquisition; and

•  $1.6 million of net mark-to-market losses on 

certain investments and securitization-related 
derivative positions.

Dividends

Common share dividends

On February 22, 2021, the Bank’s Board declared 
a quarterly dividend of $0.37 per common 
share, payable on March 31, 2021, to common 
shareholders of record at the close of business on 
March 15, 2021.

In Q3 2019, Equitable announced its intention to 
grow its dividend at a rate between 20% and 25% 
for each of the next five years. The Board put these 
planned increases on hold because of regulatory 
guidance from OSFI in March 2020 meant to 
support the financial and operational resilience 
of all federally regulated banks. The Bank intends 
to resume its previously announced dividend 
increases once regulatory restrictions are lifted.

Preferred	share	dividends

On February 22, 2021, the Board declared a 
quarterly dividend of $0.373063 per preferred 
share, payable on March 31, 2020, to preferred 
shareholders of record at the close of business on 
March 15, 2021. 

Page. 23   

Strategic Objectives for 2020

Accomplishments

Expand and enhance EQ Bank

•  Grew EQ Bank deposits to $4.6 billion, an increase of $1.9 billion or 71% 

•  Expanded our EQ Bank depositor base by 82% year over year to over 

173,000 customers, with over 24,500 customers signing up in Q4 2020

•  Launched Joint Savings Plus, TFSA and RSP accounts, adding value and 

customer convenience 

•  Increased the number of currencies offered through our innovative 

and cost-effective international money transfer service to more than 

twice of the initial offering

•  Created a new digital customer referral program helping to drive an 

increase in account sign ups

•  Experienced a substantial increase in customer engagement 

measured by use of services each month and the number of 

products held by each customer

Grow our existing businesses with 

•  Grew our Retail loan portfolio by 6%, driven by 20% growth in our 

superior service and innovation

Prime single family business

•  Increased our Commercial loan portfolio by 7% year-over-year, led by 

our conventional commercial portfolio 

•  Increased deposits from strategic partnerships year over year by  

$90 million or 15% to $693 million

•  Successfully raised $450 million through the issuance of 3-year 

and 5-year deposit notes on favourable terms and with the broad 

investor participation

•  Introduced Equitable Trust HISAs through the wealth management 

channel; and USD denominated HISAs and GICs to our broker market

Further diversify through our 

•  Grew our decumulation lending product balances by nearly  

leasing, reverse mortgage, and CSV 

three-fold since last year 

loan businesses

•  Grew our equipment leasing portfolio by 13% to $559 million over the 

prior year as market activity accelerated in the latter half of 2020

•  Introduced direct to consumer as a channel for reverse mortgages 

and launched reverse mortgages flex product which allows up to 

55% loan-to-value

Pursue AIRB and improve 

•  Advanced our AIRB program with a commitment to its implementation 

sophistication of our capital 

in early 2023

management

•  Reported a CET1 Ratio of 14.6%, up from last year by 100 bps and 

above the top end of our target range 

•  Terminated our secured backstop funding facility of $400 million 

as we strengthened our liquidity position and added other funding 

sources 

Enhance our capabilities through 

•  Recognized as one of the Best WorkplacesTM in Canada by Great Place 

technology and people

To Work® for the year 2020-21

•  Won the Celent 2020 Model Bank Award for Banking in the Cloud

•  Continued to make enhancements to our cloud infrastructure and 

other applications supporting our EQ Bank platform

•  Sustained an industry leading Efficiency Ratio of 38.4% while 

investing significantly in digitization initiatives

Page. 24   

Personal Banking

Personal Banking operates through three businesses lines – EQ Bank, Residential Lending, and Wealth 
Decumulation. Our businesses serve customers with products and services both for their day-to-day and 
long-term financial needs. Our commitment is to serve customers – including newcomers to Canada – with 
valued products across all stages of life regardless of employment status. This includes students, the self- 
employed, entrepreneurs, high-net worth individuals, Canadians seeking retirement management solutions 
and retirees. We specifically look for opportunities to create better banking experiences and to address 
segments underserved by other financial institutions. Our competition varies widely across each business 
line and can include the Schedule I banks, digital banks, trust companies, mortgage finance companies and 
other financial services providers.

The table below summarizes key portfolio metrics at year end December 31, 2020 and provides our 2021 
Outlook for growth.

Portfolio	size

Y/Y	Growth

2021	Outlook

EQ Bank

Deposits

$4.6 billion

Single Family  

Prime mortgages

$8.2 billion

Residential Lending

Alternative Mortgages

$11.1 billion

71%

20%

-3%

Wealth Decumulation

Reverse Mortgages

$0.06 billion

194%

Cash Surrender Value Loans

$0.03 billion

1000+%

20-30%

12-15%

5-8%

100%+

In	2020,	key	milestones	included:

• Launched a suite of new payment and registered account solutions within the EQ Bank platform
• Introduced joint savings accounts within the EQ Bank platform in Q3 of 2020
• Achieved record volume in Prime business with originations up 33% Y/Y 
•  Introduced two new products in the wealth decumulation business line, and expanded distribution 

including doubling the number of Cash Surrender Value (CSV) partner advisors

Strategic Objectives for 2021

Description

Grow core assets

• Increase alternative mortgages commitment rate

•  Launch new origination and servicing programs to increase  

fee income

Grow adjacent assets through  

•  Launch direct to consumer online application capabilities for 

expanded distribution

select products

•  Continue to build the breadth and depth of broker and  

partner relationships

Stronger direct customer relationships

• Launch new products and several product variations

• Improve customer experience and engagement

Page. 25   

Outlook

EQ	Bank

Equitable Bank’s digital banking platform experienced strong growth in 2020. 
We expect the trend to continue and for our deposit base to grow at a lower 
account acquisition cost. The main factor for growth will be the consistency 
of our value proposition and expansion of that proposition into a broader 
ecosystem of banking products. COVID-19 has also changed consumer 
perception around the digital world, stimulating consumer interest. This may 
play a positive role in the growth we achieve in 2021. Canadians are saving 
more and we believe our competitive deposit rates along with the speed and 
functionality of our technology will continue to capture marketplace attention. 
The savings rate in Canada is now at 14.6%, vs the 5-year average of 5.0%. 
Equitable will also focus on efficient marketing campaigns and products 
including USD accounts, loan origination, and payment functionality that 
resonate with a wide variety of consumer groups.

Residential Lending

The Bank continues to see strength in volume and spreads in residential 
lending. Equitable believes the recent surge in demand for housing 
demonstrated the resilience of the market. From a macroeconomic 
perspective, the Bank of Canada is expected to keep overnight rates low 
in 2021 resulting in record low mortgage rates and stimulating origination 
growth. Equitable is the leader in the Canadian Alternative mortgage market 
lending to self-employed and other Canadians that have the capacity and 
character to reliably pay their mortgages but do not meet the credit criteria 
of the major banks. Alternative lending is an important line of business for 
the Bank and its earnings and we expect its growth to resume in 2021 as 
the economic growth resumes. We also expect growth in prime, insured 
mortgages sectors with expanded distribution channels and increased 
conversion rates. The prime business generates a strong return on capital, 
but, is less important to the overall profitability of the Bank than the 
Alternative business. The integration of and investment in new technologies 
will enhance customer experience and efficiencies within our business. 

Wealth Decumulation

Equitable Bank has driven strong growth in its Reverse Mortgage and Cash-
Surrender Value Loans businesses. Growth in originations and book value 
of assets has outpaced internal objectives and we believe that as we deepen 
our understanding of the market need and build distribution partnerships 
and capabilities, we are poised for rapid growth in this part of our franchise. 
From a demographic standpoint, Canada’s aging population presents strong 
growth opportunities for our Challenger Bank solutions. Equitable plans to 
capture a larger share of the market in 2021 by introducing new products and 
referral programs, and through digital marketing efforts that cater to specific 
groups. The CSV business line will also be enhanced by integrating two major 
insurance companies in 2021.

Page. 26   

Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking operates through five 
businesses lines – Business Enterprise Solutions, 
Commercial Finance Group, Multi-unit Insured, 
Specialized Finance, and Equipment Leasing. Our 
businesses compete based on service excellence, 
the breadth and strength of our partnerships, and 
our in-depth knowledge of target markets. Our 
competition varies widely across each business 
line and can include the large banks but more 

commonly smaller banks, credit unions and other 
independent financial institutions and lenders.

Commercial Banking experienced strong growth 
in 2020 despite the challenges posed by COVID-19. 
The table below summarizes key portfolio metrics at 
year end December 31, 2020 and provides our 2021 
Outlook for growth.

Portfolio	size

Y/Y	Growth

2021	Outlook

Business Enterprise 

Loans to entrepreneurs  

Solutions

and SMEs*

$0.9 billion

8%

5-8%

Commercial Finance 

Loans to institutional and  

Group

corporate investors

$3.2 billion

11%

12-15%

CMHC Insured Real Estate 

Multi-Unit Insured**

Mortgages

Specialized Finance

Total Loans

Equipment Leasing

Total Loans

The opportunity in Equitable’s commercial real 
estate lending business is created by the long-term 
fundamental shifts in Canadian society, namely: 
increasing population, demand for housing units and 
densification in Canada’s major cities; the need to 
build housing to support an ageing population; the 
growth of the self-employed sector; and increased 
demand for industrial space to support distribution 
and logistics businesses. The Bank’s lending 
philosophy includes a requirement to be secured in 
a first lien position, making credit decisions with an 
eye to both the value and underlying cash flow of 
the property and having the support of guarantees 
from the investors and entrepreneurs that are our 
customers. The Bank partners with a number of 
commercial lenders who lend in subordinate position 
to Equitable where the customer requires more 
leverage than fits the Bank’s risk appetite. Our focus 
on resilience of collateral values results in the Bank 
having limited appetite for lending on real estate 
with a unique purpose, where specialized skills are 
required to operate the facility or where significant 
ongoing investment is required to maintain the value 
of the property. This approach gives us a low appetite 
for lending on hotels. 

$3.8 billion

$0.3 billion

$0.6 billion

3%

21%

13%

Flat

20-25%

1-4%

Given our overall view on commercial lending, the 
Bank’s real estate loans tend to be concentrated in 
multi-family residential property with this category 
making up 67% of our commercial loans of which 65% 
are insured against credit loss by CMHC. These loans 
include apartment buildings that provide appropriate 
accommodation for empty nesters and retirement 
residences. Approximately 5% of our commercial 
loans are on mixed use real estate which typically 
is located in major urban centres and consists of 
commercial units on the ground floor with residential 
living units located on the upper floors.

Non-residential real estate makes up 19% of 
our commercial loan book and is comprised of 
mortgages on industrial, office, retail and other 
types of commercial property.

•  Industrial: We see opportunity to lend on 
mortgages on industrial property close to 
major urban centres that has high demand to 
serve growing populations. In particular, we see 
increasing demand for self-storage facilities, which 
we classify as industrial property, as people move 
from larger homes to living in condominiums and 
apartment buildings. 

*Small or medium-sized enterprises. **Multi-unit Insured include only on balance sheet. 

Page. 27   

•  Office: Most of the loans in the office sector are for 

smaller office condominiums and freestanding office 
buildings that may have tenants that include medical 
services, financial services and other businesses 
serving the local community. The Bank has only a 
modest exposure to larger office complexes.
•  Retail: The Bank’s appetite for loans on retail 
property is mainly related to loans on smaller 
retail units in dense urban centres that will benefit 
from increased urban densification and higher 
foot traffic. We have concerns about the impact of 
ecommerce on traditional shopping centres and big 
box stores and have little interest lending on this 
type of real estate. 

•  Other: We support our developer customers 

by lending on real estate where the highest and 
best use is to be redeveloped with more modern 
structures. In many cases, this real estate has 
positive cash flow from rental income in advance 
of development permits being obtained and 
construction financing being put in place. 

Three percent of our commercial loan book is 
comprised of Specialized Finance. These loans involve 
lending to mortgage investment corporations and 
other specialty lenders that have a solid history of 
performance backed by prudent lending formulas 
and where we benefit from strong collateral coverage 
consisting of senior secured positions over diversified 
pools of mortgages and loans.

Equipment leases make up six percent of our 
commercial loan book with Bennington serving 
small businesses across Canada. The majority of 
these leases are secured against transportation 
equipment. Leasing decisions focus on the quality 
and marketability of the equipment and the 
performance and stability of the lessee. Bennington 
may take additional collateral security, including on 
real estate, to enhance the credit profile of its book.

Equitable’s expertise and approach to commercial 
real estate lending has resulted in strong credit 
performance. The realized annual loss on our 
commercial real estate portfolio has averaged 
0.25 basis point over the past five years. While 
idiosyncratic losses on individual commercial real 
estate loans are always possible, we have confidence 
that this portfolio will continue to perform strongly 
from a credit perspective and this business provides 
Equitable an excellent opportunity for portfolio 
growth within the Bank’s conservative risk appetite. 

Our Specialized Finance business has never 
incurred a credit loss and, given the structure of 
these transactions, we do not anticipate losses in 
the future. The business model of our equipment 
embeds an expectation of credit losses of between 
1.5% to 2% of the portfolio per annum with these 
expected losses being built into our pricing approach 
to drive attractive returns for the Bank. 

The breakdown of our commercial loan book by 
industry type is depicted in the graphic below

3%

6%

19%

5%

$8.8B
Total

67%

Real estate – Residential

Real estate – Mixed-use

Real estate – Non-residential

Specialized Finance 

Equipment Leases 

CMHC Insured Real Estate Mortgages (~43% of total 
commercial loans are insured)

In	2020,	key	milestones	included:

•  Business Enterprise Solutions overall loan 

portfolio increased 8% Y/Y

•  Commercial Finance Group saw originations up 
18%, and the overall loan portfolio increase 11% 
Y/Y

•   Multi-Unit Insured grew 3%, impacted by 

the high level of Canada Mortgage Housing 
Corporation (CMHC) insured originations that 
were de-recognized during the year

•  Specialized finance commitments were up 52% 

Y/Y

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page. 28   

Strategic Objectives for 2021

Description

Grow core assets

•  Build the breadth and depth of broker and partner relationships by  

delivering exceptional service

•  Build capabilities and leverage market opportunities of CMHC insured  

construction and term lending

•  Enhance service levels by increased digitization of core underwriting processes

Grow adjacent assets through  

•  Leverage established specialized expertise to grow lending to other lenders

expanded distribution

•  Build internal capabilities and technology solutions to deliver outstanding 

service 

Stronger direct customer  

•  Increase direct client origination and deepen relationships through  

relationships

expanded distribution and building internal capabilities

Outlook

Commercial	Finance	Group

Equitable Bank’s Commercial Finance Group 
experienced strong growth in 2020 despite the 
challenges of the pandemic and resulting economic 
downturn. Core assets grew despite our decision 
to tighten lending parameters in early 2020. The 
multi-unit real estate market has continued to be 
strong. Opportunities in short- term bridge loans, 
CMHC insured and uninsured construction lending 
and long term financing are expected to continue 
into 2021. Equitable believes that growth can 
continue with the gradual recovery of the economy. 
The Commercial Finance Group’s focus on building 
the breadth and depth of partner relationships is 
expected to drive continued success in 2021 and 
beyond. A strategic objective is also to build more 
direct business by leveraging our deep real estate 
expertise and market knowledge.

Business	Enterprise	Solutions

Business Enterprise Solutions provides commercial 
real estate solutions for small businesses. Growth 
in 2020 was heavily impacted by COVID-19 and the 
general slowdown in the economy. As the pandemic 
subsides and the economy improves, we expect 
volume to normalize and the general levels of 
purchase and refinancing activity in the small multi-
family and commercial sectors will increase.

Multi-Unit Insured

The Multi-Unit Insured business ended 2020 with 
slight growth. The origination of multi-unit insured 
loans are limited under the Canada Mortgage Bond 
(CMB) program by the allocation of limits by CMHC 
to each lender. With the level of market activity 
anticipated and our strong partnerships, we 
anticipate high utilization of available CMB capacity 
in 2021. 

Specialized	Finance

Specialized Finance experienced strong growth 
in commitments in 2020. This led to loan growth 
but not at the levels expected as the utilization 
of facilities was impacted by the pandemic and 
economic slowdown. Equitable’s focus is on providing 
outstanding lending solutions to other lenders. With 
the continued expansion of capabilities and a strong 
pipeline of new opportunities, higher loan growth is 
anticipated in 2021.

Equipment	Leasing	 
(Bennington	Financial	Group)

Bennington Financial provides unique and 
innovative commercial vehicle and equipment 
leasing services to small businesses across Canada. 
It is anticipated that as the pandemic subsides, 
recovery in the economy and small business growth 
will lead to improved originations.

Page. 29   

Financial review – earnings

Table 1: Income statement highlights

($000s, except per share amounts)

Net income

Adjusted net income

EPS – diluted

Adjusted EPS – diluted

Revenue

Provision for credit losses

Non-interest expenses

Net interest income

2020

223,804

218,981

12.95

12.66

556,833

42,280

214,060

2019

206,479

211,890

11.97

12.29

497,064

18,394

199,573

Change

17,325

7,091

0.98

0.37

59,769

23,886

14,487

8%

3%

8%

3%

12%

130%

7%

NII is the main driver of the Bank’s profitability. Table 2 details the Bank’s NII by product and portfolio.

Table 2: Net interest income

($000s, except percentages)

2020

2019

Revenues derived from:

Cash and equivalents

Equity securities

Average 
Balance

Revenue/
Expense

Average 
rate(1)

Average 
Balance

Revenue/
Expense

Average 
rate(1)

1,875,950

22,509

1.20%

1,435,296

28,881

2.01%

114,278

6,374

5.58%

123,753

6,105

4.93%

Alternative single family mortgages

11,313,808

532,981

4.71% 11,065,617

539,039

4.87%

Prime single family mortgages

7,417,506

155,678

2.10%

6,065,959

146,271

2.41%

Decumulation loans

Total Personal loans

48,939

2,206

4.51%

11,152

654

5.85%

18,780,253

690,865

3.68% 17,142,728

685,964

Conventional commercial loans

4,185,720

237,876

5.68%

3,838,503

231,796

4.00%

6.04%

Equipment leases

502,608

55,306

11.00%

456,910

53,095

11.62%

Insured multi-unit residential 
mortgages

3,866,261

108,735

2.81%

3,524,862

110,969

3.15%

Total Commercial loans

8,554,589

401,917

4.70%

7,820,275

395,860

5.06%

Average interest earning assets

29,325,070

1,121,665

3.82% 26,522,052

1,116,810

4.21%

Expenses related to:

Deposits

15,739,574

364,047

2.31% 14,566,963

385,197

2.64%

Secured backstop funding facility(2)

-

2,483

N/A

-

4,947

N/A

Securitization liabilities

11,214,298

250,690

2.24% 10,033,573

256,364

2.56%

Others

608,177

7,039

1.16%

322,902

7,654

2.37%

Average interest bearing liabilities

27,562,049

624,259

2.26% 24,923,438

654,162

2.62%

Net interest income and margin

497,406

1.70%

462,648

1.74%

NII was up $34.8 million or 8% year-over-year due to 11% growth in average balances and despite a 4 basis 
points decrease in total NIM.

(1) Average rates are calculated based on the daily average balances outstanding during the year. (2) Since its establishment in 
June 2017, there have been no draws on the secured backstop funding facility. The facility was effectively terminated on December 
11, 2020.

Page. 30   

Table	3:	Factors	affecting	2020	vs	2019	NIM

Business mix

(7)

•  Asset mix shift towards lower spread Prime mortgages and 

Impact	(in	bps) Drivers of change

Bulk insurance amortization

Rates/spread(1)

Prepayment income

Backstop funding facility fees

Other

Change in Total NIM

(2)

1

1

1

2

(4)

lower yielding cash and equivalents

•  Funding mix shift towards EQ Bank deposits and deposit 

notes which were offered at a higher rate compared to 

broker deposits originated during the year

•  Premiums (net of funding cost benefits) related to the $687 

million of Alternative single family loans insured in Q2 2020

•  Higher spreads on Personal and Commercial mortgages 

originated over the past year

•  Lower rate of interest on our EQ Bank deposits compared to 

a year ago

•  Lower rate of interest on our recently issued deposit notes, 

offset in part by:

•  Timing and basis differences on the reset of interest rates 

on our variable rate, securitized assets and liabilities in Q2 

2020

•  Lower interest rates on our liquid asset balances

•  Higher levels of early discharge in both Alternative single 

family mortgages and Insured multis

•  Lower fees associated with our secured backstop funding 

facility

• FV adjustments and other

(1) The rate effect is calculated after adjusting for the impact of business mix changes

Provisions	for	credit	losses	(PCL)

Table	4:	Provisions	for	credit	losses

($000s, except per share amounts)

Stage 1 and 2 provision

Stage 3 provision

PCL(1)

PCL – rate(2)

2020

30,788

11,492

42,280

0.15%

2019

8,073

10,321

18,394

0.07%

Change

22,715

1,171

23,886

N/A

281%

11%

130%

0.08%

(1) Total provisions in 2019 include a one-time charge under IFRS 9 on the acquisition of the Bennington leasing business. Adjusted 
for this charge, the PCL and PCL – rate would have been $12,645 and 5 basis points respectively.(2) See Non-Generally Accepted 
Accounting Principles Financial Measures section of this MD&A.

Provision for Credit Losses represents the addition to our Allowance for Credit Losses (ACL), net of any 
recoveries, during the year. The ACL is the reserve set aside on our balance sheet to absorb future expected 
losses and is discussed in detail in the Credit Quality and Allowance for Credit Losses section below.

During the year, we increased our allowance for loans categorized as Stage 1 and Stage 2 (performing loans) 
in light of a COVID-19 driven deterioration in macroeconomic forecasts, resulting in elevated Stage 1 and 2 
provisions in our income statement. Stage 3 provisions – those related to impaired loans – were also up from 
prior year mainly due to higher non-performing lease write-offs, offset in part by lower provisions on our 
mortgage portfolio. Stage 3 reversals within our leasing business were attributable to a decline in impaired 
lease formations in the latter part of 2020. 

Page. 31   

Non-interest income

Table 5: Non-interest income

($000s, except percentages)

Fees and other income

Income from successor issuer activities

Net gain (loss) on loans and investments

Securitization activities:

2020

22,409

180

7,221

2019

22,276

1,579

(973)

Change

133

(1,399)

8,194

1%

(89%)

842%

Gains on securitization and income from retained 

30,183

11,703

18,480

158%

interests

Fair value losses on derivative financial instruments

Total

(566)

59,427

(169)

34,416

(397)

25,011

(235%)

73%

Non-interest income increased compared with 2019, mainly due to: 

•  An increase in gains on securitization and income from retained interests, due to higher derecognition 

volumes and a higher gain on sale margin. The increase in margin was driven by wider-spread multi-unit 
residential mortgages originated in 2020 during the funding market disruption. The spread on loans may 
be priced several months in advance resulting in a lag in these wider spreads being recognized in the 
financial performance of the Bank; and

• Net mark-to-market gains on loans and certain security investments compared to losses in the prior year; 

Offset by:

•  Reduced income from successor issuer activities, representing income earned on certain assets we 

acquired from Maple Bank in Q4 2016; and

• Higher unrealized fair value losses on derivative financial instruments related to securitization activities.

Non-interest	expenses

Table	6:	Non-interest	expenses	and	efficiency	ratio

($000s, except percentages and employees)

2020

2019

Change

Compensation and benefits

Technology and system costs 

Product costs 

Regulatory, legal and professional fees 

Marketing and corporate expenses 

Premises 

Total

Efficiency Ratio

Full-time employee (FTE) − period average

108,185

101,651

36,878

21,237

19,441

17,429

10,890

32,276

16,279

19,518

20,955

8,894

214,060

199,573

38.4%

890

40.2%

828

6,534

4,602

4,958

(77)

(3,526)

1,996

14,487

N/A

62

6%

14%

30%

(0%)

(17%)

22%

7%

(1.8%)

7%

Page. 32   

We continue to operate efficiently on both an absolute basis and relative to other financial institutions, even 
after taking into account the scale of our operations. Our Efficiency Ratio for the year was 38.4% compared to 
40.2% a year ago. Our Efficiency Ratio improved because of our efforts to curtail spending (numerator) and 
growth in revenue (denominator) both derived from asset growth and higher non-interest income driven by 
higher gains on securitization.

Total operating expenses increased compared to 2019 mainly due to:

•  Higher compensation and benefits costs, resulting from several factors including a 7% increase in our FTE, 

annual inflationary adjustments, and year-end performance payouts.

•  An increase in product costs, mainly driven by amortization of investments in projects completed over the 
past 12 months and higher transaction costs attributable to HISA growth of 21% and EQ Bank’s referral 
program launched in Q2 2020;

•  Growth in technology and system costs mainly for the support, maintenance, and enhancement of our 

core banking systems and the EQ Bank platform including additional initiatives taken for implementing a 
work-from-home model during the pandemic; and

•  An increase in premises costs due to office expansion earlier in the year;

Offset by:

•  Lower marketing expenditures as we increased focus on lower cost, more targeted digital marketing 

campaigns in 2020 compared to 2019 when we engaged in an extensive campaign to promote EQ Bank 
and its products.

Financial review – balance sheet

Table 7: Balance sheet highlights

($000s, except percentages)

Total assets

Loan principal – Personal

Loan principal – Commercial

Deposit principal

EQ Bank deposit principal

2020

2019

Change

30,746,318

28,392,452

2,353,866

19,306,186

18,250,574

1,055,612

8,851,167

8,259,779

591,388

16,376,011

15,231,888

1,144,123

4,555,606

2,666,551

1,889,055

Total liquid assets as a % of total assets(1)

9.5%

6.0%

N/A

(1) See Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles Financial Measures section of this MD&A.

8%

6%

7%

8%

71%

3.5%

Total assets increased by $2.4 billion or 8% from last year driven by growth in both our Personal and 
Commercial lending businesses and higher liquid asset balances.

Total	loan	principal

Our strategy is to maintain a diverse portfolio of loan assets to optimize our ROE and maintain credit risk at 
an acceptable level. Table 8 presents our loan principal by lending business and Table 9 provides continuity 
schedules for our on-balance sheet loan assets.

Page. 33   

Table	8:	Loan	principal	by	lending	business

($000s, except percentages)

Personal Lending

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

Change

Alternative single family mortgages

11,050,456

11,415,214

(364,758)

Prime single family mortgages

Decumulation loans

Total Personal – on Balance Sheet

Commercial Lending

Conventional commercial loans

Equipment leases

Insured multi-unit residential mortgages

Total Commercial – on Balance Sheet

Total Loans – on Balance Sheet

8,170,752

6,813,331

1,357,421

84,978

22,029

62,949

19,306,186

18,250,574

1,055,612

4,466,513

4,039,938

426,575

558,987

496,056

3,825,667

3,723,785

8,851,167

8,259,779

62,931

101,882

591,388

28,157,353

26,510,353

1,647,000

Insured multi-unit residential mortgages – derecognized

5,189,264

4,612,901

5,189,264

4,612,901

33,346,617

31,123,254

2,223,363

576,363

576,363

Total Loans – off Balance Sheet

Total Loans Under Management

(3%)

20%

286%

6%

11%

13%

3%

7%

6%

12%

12%

7%

Table	9:	On-balance	sheet	loan	principal	and	continuity	schedule

($000s, except percentages)

As at or for the year ended December 31, 2020

2019 closing balance

Originations

Derecognition

Net repayments

2020 closing balance

% Change from 2019

Net repayments percentage(1)

($000s, except percentages)

2018 closing balance

Originations

Derecognition

Net repayments

2019 closing balance

% Change from 2018

Net repayments percentage(1)

Personal

18,250,574

5,853,469

-

(4,797,857)

19,306,186

6%

26.3%

Personal

16,102,163

5,781,058

-

(3,632,647)

18,250,574

13%

22.6%

Commercial

8,259,779

4,219,089

(1,251,960)

(2,375,741)

8,851,167

7%

28.8%

Total

25,510,353

10,072,558

(1,251,960)

(7,173,598)

28,157,353

6%

27.1%

As at or for the year ended December 31, 2019

Commercial

7,324,529

4,112,811

(891,723)

(2,285,838)

8,259,779

13%

31.2%

Total

23,426,692

9,893,869

(891,723)

(5,918,485)

26,510,353

13%

25.3%

(1) Net repayments percentage is calculated by dividing net repayments by the previous period’s closing balance.

Page. 34   

Total on-Balance Sheet loan principal increased 
by $1.6 billion or 6%, driven by growth in both our 
Personal and Commercial businesses.

Growth within our Personal business was primarily 
driven by Prime single family loans. These loans 
grew $1.4 billion or 20% year-over-year as a result 
of our strategic decision to provide liquidity to the 
Canadian economy through support of the Prime 
insured mortgage market and continued progress 
towards building our internal originations as well as 
growth in mortgages sourced through third parties. 
Our internal Prime business generated all-time 
record annual origination volumes, as we continued 
to expand our market reach. We sourced $1.5 billion 
of Prime insured mortgages from third parties in 
2020 (2019 – $1.3 billion).

Alternative single family loan principal was down 
by 3% due to lower originations in Q2 and Q3, in 
response to our reduced risk appetite at the onset of 
the COVID-19 pandemic. Based on the resilience of 
the housing market in the latter half of the year, we 
steadily and cautiously increased our risk appetite 
and in Q4, our originations returned to pre-pandemic 
levels. Attrition levels over the past 12 months have 
been in-line with historical averages but above the 
rates experienced in 2018 and early 2019.

Our Commercial business grew by 7% year-over-
year, mainly due to Conventional commercial loans. 
Conventional commercial grew by $427 million or 
11% due to strong originations in the multi-unit 
residential construction sector and more favourable 
competitive conditions. Insured multis were up $102 
million or 3% due to higher origination volumes 
offset in part by higher derecognitions. Our secured 
specialized financing portfolio also saw tremendous 
growth, finishing the year at $290 million, an 
increase of 21% year-over-year. Equipment leases 
were up by $63 million or 13%, driven by strong 
originations in Q4.

Credit	quality	and	allowance	for	credit	losses

We regularly evaluate the profile of our loan 
portfolio and its lending practices, taking into 
account borrower behaviours and external 
variables, including real estate values and economic 
conditions. When we judge that the risk associated 
with a particular region or product is no longer 
acceptable, we adjust underwriting criteria so that 
our policies continue to be prudent and reflective of 
current and expected economic conditions, thereby 
safeguarding the future health of our portfolio.

While the start of the pandemic caused us to 
take several steps to temporarily tighten our 
prudent risk profile, we believe that credit losses 
from COVID-19 will be manageable and will not 
significantly impair our capital position. For 
example, we temporarily reduced our maximum 
LTVs on uninsured loans due to real estate price 
uncertainty early in 2020. We also reduced our 
appetite for certain asset classes, and introduced 
new language in our commercial real estate 
commitments that set clear precedents to mitigate 
risks related to COVID-19. These actions tapered 
loan and revenue growth mid-year but helped 
uphold the quality of our asset base.

There are several aspects of our risk management 
approach and existing loan portfolios that have 
and will continue to help mitigate the effects of 
the pandemic on our credit losses. We remain 
well reserved for credit losses with allowances as a 
percentage of total assets equaling 23 bps at year-end 
compared to 14 bps a year ago.

Our general approach to lending is sound and we have 
modest exposure to higher risk lending markets:

•  We focus our lending in urban and suburban 
markets that have diversified employment 
bases and more liquid real estate markets. We 
also do not have any direct lending exposure 
to companies that operate in the oil and gas 
industry, a sector that will likely experience 
continuing challenges as a result of low 
commodity prices. This approach results in 
lower risk as it reduces both the probability that 
our borrowers will default and our loss in the 
event that they do.

•  Our commercial lending businesses, including 
leasing, are diversified across industries and 
geographies. Our commercial business has 
defined asset-class exposure limits and focus on 
assets that we believe will be resilient through 
an economic cycle such as multi-unit residential 
and mixed-use properties. These segments 
now make up 58% of our Commercial loan 
portfolio while categories such as hotels and 
shopping centres comprise 0.4% and 3.6% of 
our Commercial loans or 0.1% and 1.1% of the 
total loan portfolio, respectively.

•  We expect that Alberta will experience a deeper 

and more prolonged economic decline than 
other provinces because of its higher exposure 
to the energy industry. Our uninsured Personal 
loans in Alberta total $774 million or only 
3% of our assets. Our uninsured commercial 

Page. 35   

loans in Alberta total $514 million or only 2% 
of our assets, primarily consisting of multi-unit 
residential and mixed-use loans. Further, the 
vast majority of these loans are mortgage loans 
secured by real estate in Edmonton and Calgary, 
cities with broader economic foundations than 
other parts of the province.

•  We require a cash security deposit on most 
of our higher risk leases and in some cases 
require additional real assets to be pledged. 
For example, we may place a mortgage on real 
estate owned by our lessees.

The vast majority of loans have protection beyond a 
borrower’s ability to repay:

•  Our underwriting focuses foremost on a 

borrower’s ability to repay a loan. The average 
Beacon score of our Alternative single family 
residential borrowers was 702 at December 31, 
2020, up from 691 just two years ago. Similarly, 
the average Beacon score of our small business 
mortgage borrowers was 741. These higher credit 
scores are indicative of our borrowers’ positive 
repayment histories and lower propensity to 
default under normal economic conditions.
•  56% of our loans under management are 

insured against credit losses, ultimately with the 
backing of the Government of Canada.

•  100% of our loan portfolio is secured. Our 

uninsured mortgage loans are supported by 
first-position claims on real estate and our 
leases by first position claims on equipment, so 
we have a real asset with tangible value behind 
almost every loan, even if those assets decline 
in value from pre-COVID-19 levels.

•  If the prices of the assets securing our mortgage 
loans decline, we are further protected by the 
low LTVs at which we lend. The average LTV on 
our uninsured residential mortgage portfolio 
was 61% at year-end.

•  Further to this collateral, almost all of our 

uninsured commercial mortgage borrowers and 
the majority of our lessees provide personal or 
corporate covenants against their borrowings. 
In our mortgage business, our due diligence on 
borrowers and guarantors involves assessing 
their financial resiliency and liquidity. 

With the onset of the pandemic, we believed that 
there may have been an elevated level of risk in the 
hospitality, retail, and personal services segments 
of our equipment business. Although this segment 
did experience higher loss rates, those rates were 
only marginally higher. This segment remains a small 
portion of our equipment leasing portfolio at only 
0.4% of our total assets in the broader equipment 
leasing portfolio, mitigating the risk of loss is the 
fact that almost 59% of our leasing assets are in 
transportation related industries. Transportation has 
a wide range of sub-segments that are impacted by 
COVID-19 in different ways. However, owing to the 
quality and diversity of our transportation portfolio, 
we believe its performance will stand up well to 
these economic challenges. This view is supported 
by the strength of secondary sales, recent auction 
prices, and demand for new lease originations. 
Despite this, our experienced team continues to 
closely monitor our overall equipment portfolio. 

Allowance	for	Credit	Losses

Our total allowance for credit losses increased year-
over-year by $29.3 million or 79%, primarily as a 
result of a deterioration of macroeconomic forecasts 
due to the impact of COVID-19. IFRS 9 requires 
us to estimate future losses taking into account 
macroeconomic forecasts. Although forecasts 
have improved since mid-2020, they remain weak 
relative to December 31, 2019. Our loss estimates 
and macroeconomic scenarios attempt to factor in 
the wide range of Government support programs 
for Canadian individuals and businesses that we 
believe will mitigate our losses, though modelling 
those unprecedented actions is inherently difficult. 
Allowances increased in both dollar terms and 
relative to loan balances, driven by $30.8 million 
or 97% increase in estimated future losses on 
performing loans (Stage 1 and 2 allowances).

Page. 36   

Table 10: Loan credit metrics

($000s, except percentages)

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

Change

Allowance for credit losses – Stage 1 and 2

Allowance for credit losses – total

Allowance for credit losses – total as a % of total loan assets

Allowance for credit losses – total as a % of uninsured loan assets

Allowances for credit losses – total as a % of gross impaired

62,633

66,177

0.23%

0.45%

54%

31,845

30,788

36,907

29,270

0.14%

0.25%

30%

N/A

N/A

N/A

97%

79%

0.09%

0.20%

24%

The movement in Stage 1 and 2 allowances is a function of changes in both the probability that loans will 
default and the expected loss rates on loans. During the year, the increase in the probability of default was 
primarily driven by deteriorating macroeconomic variables, triggering a shift of $1.7 billion of loans from 
Stage 1 to Stage 2. This shift caused an increase in allowances due to the fact that Stage 1 allowances are 
based on expected losses over the next 12 months of a loan, while Stage 2 allowances are based on expected 
losses over the projected life of a loan. The deterioration in macroeconomic variables also added to our 
allowances by increasing expected loss rates on both our Stage 1 and Stage 2 loans. The chart below provides 
allowance metrics that illustrate these stage migration and loss rate dynamics:

Table 11: Stage 1 and 2 loan credit metrics

(Percentages)

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

30-Jun-20

31-Mar-20

31-Dec-19

Stage 1 – proportion of loan assets(1)

Stage 1 – effective allowance rate(2)

Stage 2 – proportion of loan assets

Stage 2 – effective allowance rate

83.6%

0.15%

15.9%

0.59%

77.3%

0.16%

22.4%

0.50%

65.0%

0.16%

34.5%

0.41%

75.0%

0.14%

24.5%

0.54%

88.9%

0.08%

10.6%

0.42%

(1) Stage 1 and 2 percentages do not equal 100%: loans in stage 3 account for the difference and are not included in this table. (2) 
The effective allowance rate equals the total allowance for loans in the stage divided by the period end loan balances in that stage.

Over the first two quarters of 2020, allowances against each of our loan portfolios increased, though our 
equipment leasing business drove a disproportionately higher share of the change. Leasing is typically a 
higher-loss business, although its better spreads more than compensate for higher losses through the credit 
cycle. We expect the rates of default in our leasing business to exceed those in our mortgage business and 
the loss given default to be higher. The higher loss on default results from the fact that we lend up to the full 
acquisition cost against depreciable assets, in line with standard industry practice.

In Q4, Stage 1 and 2 allowances against our uninsured personal loans declined by $1.0 million, uninsured 
commercial loans increased by $0.4 million, while our allowances against our equipment leases decreased by 
$2.2 million.

Page. 37   

Table	12:	Stage	1	and	2	allowance	for	credit	losses	by	lending	business

($000s, except percentages and bps)

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

Change

31-Dec-19 Change

Uninsured Personal loans – stage 1 and 2 allowances

18,121

19,083

as a % of uninsured personal loans (bps)

18

20

Uninsured Commercial loans – stage 1 and 2 

allowances

25,253

24,855

as a % of uninsured commercial loans (bps)

Equipment leases – stage 1 and 2 allowances

as a % of equipment leases (bps)

Insured Personal and Commercial loans – stage 1 and 

2 allowances

as a % of insured personal and commercial loans (bps)

Total loans – stage 1 and 2 allowances

as a % of total loans (bps)

58

19,240

363

19

0.01

62,633

22

(5%)

(2)

2%

(1)

5,712

217%

5

13

19,383

30%

50

8

59

21,471

(10%)

6,737

186%

419

(56)

143

220

9

111%

0.01

65,418

24

-

(4%)

(2)

13

0.01

31,845

12

46%

-

97%

10

Moody’s Analytics provides the macroeconomic forecasts that we use in our credit loss modelling. The 
forecasts show a weak Canadian economy continuing into the start of 2021 with signs of improvement in the 
second half of the year.

Generally, macroeconomic forecasts have improved across all significant factors since Q2 and have caused 
our Expected Credit Losses (ECL) to decrease since then. We have compared these forecasts to those of other 
Canadian economists, and the estimates that we used appear to be in line with market consensus. A multi-
year view of the key forecast assumptions for each scenario that we model can be found below: 

Canadian	Housing	Price	Index(1)

(Annualized%)

39
26.0

23
17.5

15

9.0
7

(1)
0.5

(9)
-8.0

(17)

-16.5
(25)

-25.0

12 mths

24 mths

36 mths

48 mths

60 mths

Base

Upside

Slower Growth

Moderate Recession

Protracted Slump

(1) The starting point as illustrated is the weighted average of the November 2020 forecasted assumption under each scenario as 
certain measures are reported on a lagged basis.

Page. 38   

Canadian	Unemployment	Rate(1)

(%)

20

15

10

5

0

12 mths

24 mths

36 mths

48 mths

60 mths

Canadian	Real	GDP	Growth(1)

(YOY%)

39

31
31.800000

23
24.733333

17.666667
15

10.600000
7

3.533333
(1)
-3.533333

(9)
-10.600000

(17)
-17.666667

(25)
-24.733333

-31.800000
(33)

12 mths

24 mths

36 mths

48 mths

60 mths

Base

Upside

Slower Growth

Moderate Recession

Protracted Slump

(1) The starting point as illustrated is the weighted average of the November 2020 forecasted assumption under each scenario as 
certain measures are reported on a lagged basis.

Page. 39   

Table	13:	Expected	future	credit	losses	by	macroeconomic	scenario

($000s, except percentages)

Weighting for financial statement ECL 

calculation (%)

Expected credit losses if each scenario 

Base Case

Upside	
Scenario

Slower	
Growth

Moderate 
Recession

Protracted	
Slump

50

15

20

10

5

weighted 100%

57,897

47,992

65,486

Difference vs. financial statement ECL

(4,736)

(14,641)

2,853

80,711

18,078

106,351

43,718

Stage 3 allowances relate to impaired loans and 
were down by $1.5 million year-over-year. Stage 3 
allowances are determined loan-by-loan and we 
believe that they are adequate at the end of 2020. 
Stage 3 allowances on our mortgages are generally 
supported by up-to-date, independent property 
appraisals.

Taking into account all known information and 
acknowledging the high level of uncertainty 
inherent in current economic forecasts and our 
experienced credit judgement, we believe that 
the total Allowance for Credit Losses represents a 
reasonable estimate of future losses. Our estimates 
are subject to uncertainty and actual losses may 
differ materially if one or more of the underlying 
assumptions do not materialize as expected, 
including the expected impact of Government 
support programs. Actual losses may also differ 

from our estimates due to the weightings we apply 
to the underlying economic scenarios.

Impaired Loans

Impaired loans at the end of the year were $121.5 
million, down by $0.9 million from the prior year. 
The improvement in impaired loans reflected the 
discharge of an impaired $39.3 million commercial 
loan in Vancouver without loss to the Bank, offset 
by an anticipated rise of impaired single family 
mortgages and equipment leases of $11.6 million 
and $2.4 million, respectively.

Impaired loans may continue to rise in Q1 2021 as a 
result of reduced loan payment deferrals and weak 
economic conditions. Our models forecast that levels 
of impaired loans will increase in Q1 2021 under our 
base case scenario. This expectation is consistent 
with the discussion of expected credit losses above.

Table	14:	Impaired	loan	metrics

($000s, except percentages)

Gross impaired loan assets

Net impaired loan assets

Net impaired loan assets as a % of total loan assets

Liquidity investments and equity securities

Retail and securitization funding markets continue 
to be liquid and efficient and have been further 
supported by significant programs announced by 
the Bank of Canada and CMHC.

We maintain liquid asset balances at a level that 
we believe is sufficient for the Bank to meet its 
upcoming obligations even through periods of 
disruption in financial markets, including the current 
COVID-19 pandemic. The size and composition of our 
liquidity portfolio at any point in time is influenced 
by several factors such as our expected future cash 
needs and the availability of our various funding 
sources. Further, we apply a strategic approach to 
liquidity management through rigorous asset-liability 

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

Change

121,548

122,454

(906)

118,004

117,392

0.42%

0.44%

612

N/A

(1%)

1%

(0.02%)

matching analysis and stress testing. Even with this 
liquidity risk management framework, a significant 
or protracted disruption to funding markets could 
require the Bank to take further liquidity protection 
measures. Please refer to the Risk Management 
section of this document for more detail on the 
Bank’s Liquidity and Funding Risk policies and 
procedures.

In addition to assets that are held for the purpose 
of providing liquidity protection, we also maintain 
a portfolio of liquid equity securities (99% of which 
are investment grade preferred shares) to yield tax-
preferred dividend income. We have the ability to 
liquidate this portfolio in the event of financial stress. 

Page. 40   

Table 15: Liquid assets

($000s, except percentages)

Eligible deposits with regulated financial institutions(1)

Debt securities

Government of Canada issued or guaranteed debt 

instruments:

Investments purchased under reverse repurchase 

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

Change

553,554

301,674

508,711

44,843

67,798

233,876

9%

345%

agreements

450,203

150,069

300,134

200%

Loans and Investments held in the form of debt 
securities(2), net of obligations under repurchase 

agreements

1,488,124

848,719

639,405

Liquid assets held for regulatory purposes

2,793,555

1,575,297

1,218,258

75%

77%

Other deposits with regulated financial institutions(3)

4,188

142

4,046

2,849%

Equity securities(4)

Total

Liquid assets held for regulatory purposes as a % of total 

Equitable Bank assets

Total liquid assets as a % of total assets 

112,447

114,898

(2,451)

2,910,190

1,690,337

1,219,853

9.1%

9.5%

5.5%

6.0%

N/A

N/A

(2%)

72%

3.6%

3.5%

(1) Eligible deposits with regulated financial institutions represents deposits of the Bank which are held with major Canadian 
financial institutions and excludes $28.7 million (December 31, 2019 – $8.4 million) of restricted cash held as collateral with third 
parties for the Bank’s interest rate swap transactions and $475.4 million (December 31, 2019 – $454.6 million) of cash held in 
trust accounts and deposits held with banks as collateral for the Bank’s securitization activities. (2) Loans held in the form of debt 
securities represent loans securitized and retained by the Bank and are reported in our Loans receivable balances. Investments 
held in the form of debt securities refer to MBS securities that we purchase from third parties. These values reported above 
represent the fair market value of the associated MBS securities. (3) Other deposits with regulated financial institutions are 
deposits held by Equitable Group Inc. (4) Equity securities are 99% investment grade publicly traded preferred shares and 1% 
publicly traded common shares. 

To ensure institutions have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to survive a significant stress scenario lasting 30 
calendar days, OSFI has mandated that Canadian deposit-taking institutions monitor and report their Liquidity 
Coverage Ratio (LCR)(1). At December 31, 2020, our LCR was well in excess of the regulatory minimum of 100%.

Liquid asset balances were $2.9 billion at year end, up $1.2 billion from last year. The current level of liquid 
assets reflects measures taken to strengthen the Bank’s liquidity position in light of COVID-19 related 
uncertainties, higher levels of liquidity required due to growth in demand deposits, and cash needs for 
upcoming quarters.

Other assets

Please refer to Note 13 to our 2020 audited annual consolidated financial statements for details of our Other 
assets balances at December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Other assets were $188.0 million at December 31, 2020 an increase of $27.0 million or 17% over last year. 
Overall, the increase in Other assets was mainly due to:

•  $17.7 million increase in Intangible assets, mainly due to investments in various projects over the past 12 

months including our AIRB project; 

•  $10.1 million of income taxes recoverable primarily in relation to other comprehensive loss for the year on 
our equity investments and cash flow hedges in excess of tax payments over provision for the year; and

• $3.9 million increase in the fair value of outstanding derivative financial instruments.

(1) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of this MD&A.

Page. 41   

Deposits

Our deposits provide a reliable and diversified base of funding that can be effectively matched against loan 
maturities. 

Table	16:	Deposit	principal

($000s, except percentages)

Brokered deposits:

Term

Demand

EQ Bank deposits:

Term

Demand

Strategic partnerships

Deposit notes

Total

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

Change

9,647,939

11,056,440

(1,408,501)

675,358

557,211

118,147

10,323,297

11,613,651

(1,290,354)

962,170

3,593,436

4,555,606

516,195

2,150,356

2,666,551

445,975

1,443,080

1,889,055

692,785

804,323

602,970

348,716

89,815

455,607

16,376,011

15,231,888

1,144,123

(13%)

21%

(11%)

86%

67%

71%

15%

131%

8%

We have experienced increasing demand for digital 
banking services since the beginning of the pandemic. 
This is reflected in EQ Bank deposits increasing by 
71% to $4.6 billion, and EQ Bank customers increasing 
by 82% to 173,399 by year end. This included an 
increase of nearly 25,000 customers in Q4 2020. 

We are also committed to building our deposit note 
program over the long-term. During the latter half 
of 2020, the Bank issued 3-year and 5-year fixed 
rate deposit notes of $200 million and $250 million, 
respectively.

Our brokered term deposit distribution network 
remains as broad as that of any non-big 6 bank. 
We have deliberately reduced this funding source 
over the past year, as we continue to diversify our 
funding sources. 

Brokered demand deposits grew over the past 
year mainly due to the HISAs offered through 
Equitable Trust and the launch of a competitive 
USD product, but remain a small component of 
our overall funding base. We will continue to offer 
these deposits with a competitive rate and aim 
to grow balances only modestly. While balances 
may increase in nominal terms, we expect them to 
remain a small share of our total funding.

We have further diversified our funding profile 
by expanding and deepening our strategic 
partnerships. In 2020, we grew these more stable 
deposits by $90 million or 15% to $693 million. 
These relationships have allowed the Bank to 
expand our reach to new customers across Canada.

Securitization	liabilities

A large portion of the Bank’s securitization 
transactions do not qualify the loans for balance 
sheet derecognition and therefore the associated 
obligations are recognized on the consolidated 
balance sheets and accounted for as securitization 
liabilities. The Securitization liability was $12.0 
billion at the end of December 31, 2020, up $1.3 
billion or 12% from last year. The increase is largely 
due to growth of our Prime single family loans. Our 
securitization liability also included $653.8 million 
(December 31, 2019 – $750 million) of securitizations 
through a funding program which is sponsored by a 
Domestic Systemically Important Bank (D-SIB) and 
provides the Bank with a source of matched funding 
for qualifying uninsured single family mortgages.

Bank	facilities

The Bank has two revolving credit facilities, each 
with a D-SIB to fund insured residential mortgages 
prior to securitization, with an aggregate capacity 
of $600 million (December 31, 2019 – $600 million). 
At December 31, 2020, there was no balance 
outstanding on the facilities (December 31, 2019 – 
$Nil). Our use of these facilities is a function of our 
Prime Single Family and Insured multi-unit activity 
levels, the timing of mortgage securitizations and 
sales, and the availability of other funding sources.

We also have a $35 million operating credit facility 
in place with a D-SIB. The facility is secured by a 
portion of the Bank’s preferred share investments. 
There was no outstanding balance on the facility at 
December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Page. 42   

In March 2020, the Bank of Canada announced 
the launch of its Standing Term Liquidity Facility 
(STLF), intended to support liquidity in the financial 
system. Under the STLF, eligible financial institutions 
including Equitable Bank, can borrow from the Bank 
of Canada by pledging a broad set of collateral, 
including mortgages. On March 31, 2020, the Bank 
accessed the new facility along with its peers; Bank 
of Montreal, Canadian Western Bank, CIBC, HSBC 
Bank Canada, National Bank of Canada, RBC Royal 
Bank, Scotiabank, and TD Bank Group. The draw was 
subsequently repaid prior to year-end.

Effective December 11, 2020, the Bank terminated 
its $400 million secured backstop funding facility.

Details related to Equitable’s bank facilities can be 
found in Note 17 to our 2020 audited consolidated 
financial statements.

Other	liabilities	and	deferred	income	taxes

Please refer to Notes 15(b) and 16 to our 2020 
audited consolidated financial statements for 
a detailed breakdown of Other liabilities and 
Deferred income tax liabilities as at December 31, 
2020 and December 31, 2019.

Other liabilities and Net deferred income tax 
liabilities, on an aggregate basis, increased by $1.2 
million to $269.7 million mainly due to: 

•  $37.2 million increase in obligations related to 

our derivative positions;

•  $7.3 million increase in mortgage servicing 

liability; and

•  $6.2 million increase in net deferred income tax 

liabilities;

Offset by:

•  $21.1 million of income taxes payable in 2019 

compared to a receivable this year; 

•  $18.3 million decrease in accounts payable 

and accrued liabilities driven by a decrease in 
liabilities associated with our successor issuer 
activities related to the assets we acquired from 
Maple Bank in 2016;

•  $6.8 million decrease in mortgage realty 

taxes due to timing of collections relative to 
remittances; and

•  $3.1 million reduction in right-of-use liabilities. 

Contractual obligations by year of maturity are 
outlined in Table 32 – Contractual obligations. 
There were no material changes to contractual 

obligations that are outside the ordinary course of 
the Bank’s operations during 2020.

Shareholders’ equity

Total shareholders’ equity increased $180 million 
or 12% to $1.65 billion at December 31, 2020, from 
$1.47 billion a year ago. The increase reflects the 
earnings retained by the Bank, net of dividends 
paid and fair value losses on derivative hedges 
associated with securitization activity.

On December 21, 2020, Equitable announced 
that it received the approval of the Toronto 
Stock Exchange for an NCIB of up to 1,144,245 
of its Common Shares and 297,250 of its Series 
3 preferred shares. By year-end, Equitable had 
purchased and cancelled 3,300 Series 3 preferred 
shares and no common shares. 

At December 31, 2020, the Bank had 16,874,074 
common shares and 2,996,700 Series 3 preferred 
shares issued and outstanding (December 31, 2019 
– 16,797,593 common shares and 3,000,000 Series 3 
preferred shares). 

During 2020, 119,402 options were granted. In 
addition, 76,481 stock options were exercised 
that contributed $4.1 million to common share 
capital. At December 31, 2020, there were 616,324 
unexercised stock options, which are, or will 
be, exercisable to purchase common shares for 
maximum proceeds of $41.5 million. For additional 
information on outstanding stock options and their 
associated exercise prices, please refer to Note 
19(a) to the 2020 audited consolidated financial 
statements.

Capital	management	–	Equitable	Bank

Equitable Bank manages its capital in accordance 
with guidelines established by OSFI, based on 
standards issued by the Bank for International 
Settlements’ Basel Committee on Banking 
Supervision (BCBS). OSFI’s Capital Adequacy 
Requirements (CAR) Guideline details how Basel III 
rules apply to Canadian banks. OSFI has mandated 
that all Canadian-regulated financial institutions 
meet minimum target Capital Ratios: those being 
a CET1 Ratio of 7.0%, a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 8.5%, 
and a Total Capital Ratio of 10.5%. In order to 
govern the quality and quantity of capital necessary 
based on the Equitable Bank’s inherent risks, it 
utilizes an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment 
Process (ICAAP).

Page. 43   

On March 27, 2020, OSFI announced several actions to address 
operational issues stemming from the economic impact of COVID-19 
including the introduction of a transitional arrangement for expected 
credit loss provisioning on capital. This transitional arrangement 
results in a portion of allowances that would otherwise be included 
in Tier 2 capital of Equitable Bank to be included in CET1 capital. The 
adjustment is equal to the increase in Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowances 
relative to December 31, 2019. This increase is tax-effected and subject 
to a scaling factor that will decrease over time. The scaling factor has 
been set at 70% for 2020, 50% for 2021, and 25% for 2022.

We believe that the Equitable Bank’s current level of capital and 
earnings in future periods will be sufficient to support our strategic 
objectives and ongoing growth. Equitable Bank’s Capital Ratios at 
December 31, 2020 exceeded the regulatory minimums and its CET1 
Ratio was above the top end of its target range. Equitable Bank’s CET1 
Ratio was up 100 bps from last year mainly due to earnings’ retention 
and a slower pace of asset growth. Further, we obtained portfolio 
insurance on $687 million of Alternative single family mortgages in  
Q2 2020, reducing the density of our risk-weighted assets.

Canadian banks are required to report on OSFI’s Leverage Ratio 
based on Basel III guidelines. OSFI has established minimum Leverage 
Ratio targets on a confidential and institution-by-institution basis. 
Equitable Bank’s Leverage Ratio was 5.1% at December 31, 2020 and 
the Bank remains fully compliant with its regulatory requirements. 
Our Leverage Ratio increased relative to 2019 as a result of capital 
growth through earnings. 

As part of our capital management process, we stress test the loan 
portfolio on a regular basis to understand the potential impact of 
extreme but plausible adverse economic scenarios. We use these 
tests to analyze the impact that an increase in unemployment, rising 
interest rates, a decline in real estate prices, and other factors could 
have on our financial position. In light of COVID-19, we also run a 
variety of financial and capital stress tests to ensure we are positioned 
to manage through any of the potential scenarios that may transpire. 
Based on the results of the stress tests performed to date, we have 
determined that even in the most adverse scenario analyzed, the Bank 
has sufficient capital to absorb the potential losses without impairing 
the viability of the institution and that we would remain profitable in 
each year of the testing horizon.

Page. 44   

Table	17:	Capital	measures	of	Equitable	Bank

($000s, except percentages)

Total risk-weighted assets (RWA)

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital:

Common shares

Contributed surplus

Retained earnings

31-Dec-20

10,426,077

31-Dec-19

9,761,287

Change

664,790

215,536

9,184

213,995

8,065

1,541

1,119

1,386,197

1,191,562

194,635

Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

(AOCL)

(19,009)

(18,827)

(182)

Less: Regulatory adjustments to Common 
Equity Tier 1 Capital(2)

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

Additional Tier 1 capital:

(66,448)

(66,591)

1,525,460

1,328,204

143

197,256

Non-cumulative preferred shares

72,554

72,554

-

Tier 1 Capital

Tier 2 Capital:

1,598,014

1,400,758

197,256

Eligible Stage 1 and 2 allowance

62,633

31,844

30,789

Less: Transitional adjustment in response 

to COVID-19

Tier 2 Capital

Total Capital

Capital Ratios:

CET1 Ratio

Tier 1 Capital Ratio

Total Capital Ratio

Leverage Ratio

(15,873)

46,760

-

31,844

1,644,774

1,432,602

14.6%

15.3%

15.8%

5.1%

13.6%

14.4%

14.7%

4.9%

(15,873)

14,916

212,172

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

7%

1%

14%

16%

1%

(0%)

15%

0%

14%

97%

N/A

47%

15%

1.0%

0.9%

1.1%

0.2%

(1) As prescribed by OSFI (under Basel III rules), AOCL is part of the CET1 in its entirety, however, the amount of cash flow 
hedge reserves that relate to the hedging of items that are not fair valued is excluded. (2) Includes the positive effect of the ECL 
transitional adjustment of $15.9 million, as prescribed by OSFI

Page. 45   

Table	18:	Risk-weighted	assets	of	Equitable	Bank

($000s, except percentages)

On balance sheet:

Cash and cash equivalents

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

Investments

Loans – Personal

Loans – Commercial

Securitization retained interests

Other assets

Total Equitable Bank assets subject to risk rating

Less: Eligible Stage 1 and 2 allowance

Total Equitable Bank assets

Off-balance	sheet:

Loan commitments

Derivatives

Other

Total credit risk

Operational risk(1)

Total

($000s, except percentages)

On balance sheet:

Cash and cash equivalents

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

Investments

Loans – Personal

Loans – Commercial

Securitization retained interests

Other assets

Total Equitable Bank assets subject to risk rating

Less: Eligible Stage 1 and 2 allowance

Total Equitable Bank assets

Off-balance	sheet:

Loan commitments

Derivatives

Other

Total credit risk

Operational risk(1)

Total

For the year ended December 31, 2020

Amounts

Risk	
Weighting

Risk-weighted	
Amounts

16%

1%

27%

19%

52%

100%

43%

1,057,475

450,203

589,876

19,463,507

8,870,694

184,844

188,049

30,804,648

(62,633)

30,742,015

173,157

2,401

159,561

3,703,288

4,618,890

184,844

81,593

8,923,734

-

8,923,734

577,497

18,165

13,331

9,532,727

893,350

10,426,077

For the year ended December 31, 2019

Amounts

Risk 
Weighting

Risk-weighted 
Amounts

17%

0%

38%

21%

50%

100%

49%

971,703

150,069

362,611

18,365,516

8,274,158

139,009

161,085

28,424,151

(31,844)

28,392,307

164,082

-

137,525

3,864,649

4,111,203

139,009

79,021

8,495,489

-

8,495,489

462,033

22,942

16,360

8,996,824

764,463

9,761,287

(1) For operational risk, Equitable Bank uses the Basic Indicator Approach − calculated as 15% of the previous three-year 
average of net interest income and non-interest income, excluding gain or loss on investments. The risk-weighted equivalent is 
determined by multiplying the capital requirement for operational risk by 12.5.

Page. 46   

Fourth quarter overview

Equitable produced all-time record Q4 EPS of $4.13, up $0.92 from a year ago. Adjusting for the impact 
of mark-to-market gains on certain loans, security investments, and derivatives transactions, EPS for the 
quarter was $3.98, compared to $3.22 in Q4 2019.

Items of note

Q4 2020 financial results were impacted by the following item:

•  $3.5 million of net mark-to-market gains on certain investments, loans, and securitization-related 

derivative positions.

Q3 2019 financial results were impacted by the following item:

•  $4.1 million of net mark-to-market gains on certain investments, loans, and securitization-related 

derivative positions.

There were no items of note in our financial results for Q4 2019.

Net interest income

The table below details the Bank’s NII and NIM for the three months ended December 31, 2020, with comparisons 
to the preceding quarter and the corresponding quarter of the prior year, by product and portfolio.

Table 19: Net Interest Income

($000s, except percentages)

For the three months ended

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

31-Dec-19

Revenue/ 
Expense

Average 
rate

Revenue/ 
Expense

Average 
rate

Revenue/ 
Expense

Average 
rate

Revenues derived from:

Cash and equivalents

Equity securities

5,019

1,453

0.99%

4.85%

5,292

2,149

1.00%

7.63%

7,894

1,505

Alternative single family mortgages

126,420

4.56%

130,257

4.63%

141,065

2.04%

4.89%

4.94%

2.42%

Prime single family mortgages

Decumulation loans

Total Personal loans

Conventional commercial loans

Equipment leases

Insured multi-unit residential 
mortgages

Total Commercial loans

Average interest earning assets

Expenses related to:

Deposits

40,643

779

2.00%

4.10%

38,567

623

1.99%

4.39%

41,186

273

5.66%

167,842

3.48%

169,447

3.56%

182,524

4.00%

59,563

14,261

27,054

100,878

275,192

5.53%

10.76%

2.75%

61,185

14,052

26,622

5.72%

57,824

6.03%

11.02%

14,215

11.58%

2.65%

29,507

3.16%

4.60%

101,859

4.62%

101,546

5.04%

3.65%

278,747

3.70%

293,469

4.20%

82,434

2.03%

89,088

2.22%

99,385

2.63%

Secured backstop funding facility

Securitization liabilities

Others

626

60,435

580

N/A

2.05%

0.74%

623

59,932

1,673

N/A

2.08%

0.83%

625

N/A

65,950

2.49%

2,682

2.07%

Average interest bearing liabilities

144,075

2.03%

151,316

2.14%

168,642

2.57%

Net interest income and margin

131,117

1.74%

127,431

1.69%

124,827

1.78%

Page. 47   

Q4 2020 vs Q4 2019

NII was up 5% year-over-year mainly driven by 8% growth in our average asset balances and despite a 4 bps 
decrease in our NIM.

Table	20(a):	Factors	affecting	Q4	2020	v	Q4	2019	NIM

Business mix

(7)

•  Mix shift towards lower spread Prime mortgages

Impact	(in	bps) Drivers of change

•  Increase in the relative size of our low yielding cash and 

equivalents

•  Funding mix shift towards EQ Bank deposits which were 

offered at a higher rate compared to term deposits 

originated in 2020

•  Higher levels of early discharge within Alternative single 

family mortgages and Insured multis

•  Higher spreads on Personal and Commercial mortgages 

originated in 2020, offset in part by:

•  Lower rate of interest earned on our liquid assets

Loan prepayment income

Rates/spread(1)

Other

Change in Total NIM 

1

1

1

(4)

(1) The rate effect is calculated after adjusting for the impact of business mix changes.

Q4 2020 v Q3 2020

NII increased 3% from last quarter as a result of 5 bps increase in NIM.

Table	20(b):	Factors	affecting	Q4	2020	vs	Q3	2020	NIM

Impact	(in	bps) Drivers of change

Prepayment income

Bulk insurance amortization

5

2

•  Higher levels of early discharge within Alternative single 

family mortgages and Insured multis

•  Lower premium expense (net of funding cost benefits) in Q4 

on bulk insurance of $687 million of Alternative single family 

loans

Business mix 

(1)

•  Asset mix shift toward lower spread Prime mortgages due 

to higher third party originations in Q4

•  Funding mix shift towards our EQ bank deposits, offered at 

a higher rate compared to other deposits originated during 

the quarter, offset in part by:

•  Decrease in the relative size of our low yielding cash and 

equivalents

• Lower income on our equity investments

Rates/spread(1) 

Change in Total NIM

(1)

5

(1) The rate effect is calculated after adjusting for the impact of business mix changes

Provisions	for	credit	losses

Table	21:	Provisions	for	credit	losses

($000s, except percentages)

For the three months ended

Stage 1 and 2 provision

Stage 3 provision

PCL

PCL – rate

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

Change

31-Dec-19

Change

(2,785)

2,888

103

0.001%

(2,874)

517

(2,357)

(0.03%)

3%

459%

104%

0.03%

1,174

2,743

3,917

(337%)

5%

(97%)

0.06%

(0.06%)

Page. 48   

Q4 2020 v Q4 2019

The Bank’s provision for credit losses during Q4 was $0.1 million, $3.8 million lower than the prior year. The 
decrease was mainly due to Stage 1 and 2 reversals of $2.8 million compared to a charge of $1.2 million a year ago, 
as improved macroeconomic forecasts resulted in a reversal of provisions built up during the first half of 2020.

Q4 2020 v Q3 2020

The Provision for credit losses increased by $2.5 million compared to Q3, mainly driven by a return to more 
normal levels of non-performing lease formations in the quarter.

Non-Interest Income

Table 22: Non-interest income

($000s, except percentages)

For the three months ended

Fees and other income

Income from successor issuer activities

Net gain on loans and investments

Securitization activities:

Gains on securitization and income from 
retained interests

Fair value gains (losses) on derivative 
financial instruments

Total 

Q4 2020 v Q4 2019

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

Change

31-Dec-19

Change

5,724

(13)

2,732

5,042

(17)

4,367

14%

24%

(37%)

5,941

(4%)

260

99

(105%)

2,660%

11,640

12,224

(5%)

3,108

275%

750

20,833

(339)

21,277

321%

(2%)

(55)

1,464%

9,353

123%

Non-interest income increased by $11.5 million primarily due to:

•  Higher gains on securitization and income from retained interests driven by higher derecognition volumes 

and higher gains on sale margin on loans originated during the funding market disruption;

•  Higher mark-to-market gains on loans and certain security investments; and
•  Unrealized fair value gains on derivatives financial instruments associated with securitization activities 

compared to loss in the prior year.

Q4 2020 v Q3 2020 

Non-interest income decreased by $0.4 million or 2% due to:

•  Lower unrealized fair value gains on loans and certain security investments; and
•  A decrease in gains on securitization activities due to lower derecognition volumes;

Offset by:

•  Net mark-to-market gains on derivative financial instruments associated with securitization activities 

compared to loss in the preceding quarter; and

•  A rise in fees and other income driven by an increased number of loans returning to regular payment 

schedules after being on deferral.

Page. 49   

Non-interest	expenses

Table	23:	Non-interest	expenses	and	efficiency	ratio

($000s, except percentages and employees)

For the three months ended

Compensation and benefits

Technology and system costs

Product costs

Regulatory, legal and professional fees

Marketing and corporate expenses

Premises

Total

Efficiency Ratio

FTE − period average

Q4 2020 v Q4 2019 

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

Change

31-Dec-19

Change

28,448

26,589

9,353

5,845

4,872

4,094

2,736

55,348

36.4%

912

9,244

5,540

4,788

4,076

2,828

53,065

35.7%

887

7%

1%

6%

2%

0%

(3%)

4%

0.7%

3%

25,920

8,976

4,453

5,261

7,724

2,143

54,477

10%

4%

31%

(7%)

(47%)

28%

2%

40.6%

(4.2%)

857

6%

Our Efficiency Ratio improved to 36.4% from 40.6% a year ago as growth in revenue outpaced the increase in 
expenses. Revenue in Q4 2020 was positively impacted by higher securitization gains, coupled with mark-to-
market gains on loans, certain security investments, and derivative transactions.

Total expenses, were up by $0.9 million mainly due to:

•  An increase in compensation and benefits costs, which were largely the result of a 6% increase in FTE and 

annual salary adjustments;

•  Growth in product costs mainly due to amortization of investments in projects completed in the year and 

higher transaction costs driven by deposit growth and referral incentive programs; and

• Higher technology and system costs mainly to support our IT infrastructure;

Offset by:

• Lower marketing expenses and lower travel costs due to COVID-19; and
• A decrease in legal and professional fees.

Q4 2020 v Q3 2020 

Expenses were up $2.3 million or 4%, primarily because of:

• Higher compensation and benefits cost due to FTE growth of 3% and incentive adjustments; and
• Higher product costs due to amortization related to project investments. 

Page. 50   

Total	loan	principal

The following table provides quarterly on-balance sheet loan principal continuity schedules by lending 
business for Q4 2020 and Q4 2019:

Table	24:	On-balance	sheet	loan	principal	continuity	schedule

($000s, except percentages)

For the three months ended December 31, 2020

Q3 2020 closing balance

Originations

Derecognition

Net repayments

Q4 2020 closing balance

% Change from Q3 2020

Net repayments percentage(1)

($000s, except percentages)

Q3 2019 closing balance

Originations

Derecognition

Net repayments

Q4 2019 closing balance

% Change from Q3 2019

Net repayments percentage(1)

Personal

Commercial

18,831,618

1,941,997

-

(1,467,429)

19,306,186

3%

7.8%

8,655,380

1,236,782

(418,692)

(622,303)

8,851,167

2%

7.2%

Total

27,486,998

3,178,779

(418,692)

(2,089,732)

28,157,353

2%

7.6%

For the three months ended December 31, 2019

Personal

17,947,471

1,490,234

-

(1,187,131)

18,250,574

2%

6.6%

Commercial

7,904,578

1,209,247

(181,962)

(672,084)

8,259,779

4%

8.5%

Total

25,852,049

2,699,481

(181,962)

(1,859,215)

26,510,353

3%

7.2%

(1) Net repayments percentage is calculated by dividing net repayments by the previous period’s closing balance.

Q4 2020 v Q4 2019 

Please refer to Total loan principal under the “Financial review – balance sheet” section in this document for a 
discussion of our year-over-year portfolio growth.

Q4 2020 v Q3 2020 

During the quarter, total loan principal increased by $670 million due to growth in both our Personal and 
Commercial businesses. 

The growth in our Personal portfolio was primarily driven by higher levels of originations within Alternative 
and third party Prime single family mortgages. Originations in Alternative single family were sparked by a 
resumption of pre-COVID-19 underwriting requirements beginning in August 2020. 

The growth in our Commercial portfolio was the result of stronger originations within Conventional 
commercial business and a record year for insured multi-unit residential.

Page. 51   

Table 25: Unaudited interim consolidated statements of income

($000s, except per share amounts)

Interest income:

Loans – Personal

Loans – Commercial

Investments

Other

Interest expense:

Deposits

Securitization liabilities

Bank facilities

Other

Net interest income

Non-interest income:

Fees and other income

Net gain on investments

Gains on securitization activities and income from securitization 
retained interests

Revenue

Provision for credit losses

Non-interest expenses:

Compensation and benefits

Other

Income before income taxes

Income taxes

Current

Deferred 

Net income

Dividends on preferred shares

Net income available to common shareholders

Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

For the three months ended

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

31-Dec-19

167,842

100,878

3,016

3,456

169,447

101,859

3,569

3,872

182,524

101,546

2,462

6,937

275,192

278,747

293,469

82,434

60,435

926

280

144,075

131,117

5,711

2,732

12,390

20,833

151,950

103

151,847

28,448

26,900

55,348

96,499

19,885

5,190

25,075

71,424

1,120

70,304

4.17

4.13

89,088

59,932

1,726

570

151,316

127,431

5,025

4,367

11,885

21,277

148,708

(2,357)

151,065

26,589

26,476

53,065

98,000

18,927

5,145

24,072

73,928

1,119

72,809

4.33

4.30

99,385

65,950

1,061

2,246

168,642

124,827

6,201

99

3,053

9,353

134,180

3,917

130,263

25,920

28,557

54,477

75,786

27,916

(7,984)

19,932

55,854

1,118

54,736

3.27

3.21

 
 
 
 
 
Page. 52   

Table	26:	Unaudited	interim	consolidated	statements	of	comprehensive	income

($000s)

Net income

For the three months ended

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

71,424

73,928

31-Dec-19

55,854

Other comprehensive income – items that will be reclassified 
subsequently to income: 

Debt instruments at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive 
Income:

Net unrealized gains from change in fair value

Reclassification of net losses (gains) to income

185

115

1,091

(281)

80

(153)

Other comprehensive income – items that will not be reclassified 
subsequently to income:

Equity instruments designated at Fair Value through Other 
Comprehensive Income:

Net unrealized gains from change in fair value

Income tax expense 

Cash flow hedges:

Net unrealized gains (losses) from change in fair value

Reclassification of net (gains) losses to income

Income tax expense

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

7,357

7,657

(2,024)

5,633

4,556

(3,406)

1,150

(322)

828

6,461

77,885

5,901

6,711

(1,773)

4,938

1,770

418

2,188

(578)

1,610

6,548

80,476

2,604

2,531

(670)

1,861

4,969

(1,015)

3,954

(1,046)

2,908

4,769

60,623

Page. 53   

Table	27:	Unaudited	interim	consolidated	statements	of	cash	flows

($000s)

Net income for the period

Adjustments for non-cash items in net income:

Financial instruments at fair value through income

Amortization of premiums/discounts on investments

Amortization of capital assets and intangible costs

Provision for credit losses

Securitization (gains) losses 

Stock-based compensation

Income taxes 

Securitization retained interests

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Restricted cash

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

Loans receivable, net of securitizations

Other assets

Deposits

Securitization liabilities

Obligations under repurchase agreements

Bank facilities

Other liabilities

Income taxes paid

Cash flows from (used in) operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from issuance of common shares

Dividends paid on preferred shares 

Dividends paid on common shares 

Cash flows used in financing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

For the three months ended

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

31-Dec-19

71,424

73,928

55,854

(11,222)

(196)

6,389

103

(11,125)

403

25,075

10,242

63,955

(250,195)

(693,777)

24,673

(15,601)

300,644

(6,191)

301

5,806

(2,357)

(11,693)

571

24,072

18,011

5,237

340

4,461

3,917

(2,667)

397

19,932

8,767

21,052

364

(54,356)

100,011

91,169

(667,064)

(22,910)

744,324

500,952

3,097

336,105

413,303

43,973

-

1,972

(11,491)

261,788

2,161

(1,118)

(5,871)

(4,828)

97,513

(444,592)

(150,261)

(350,113)

(4,383)

(17,571)

(553,910)

2,953

(1,120)

(6,238)

(4,405)

(31,400)

(38,991)

572,303

812

(1,119)

(6,222)

(6,529)

Purchase of investments

(35,662)

(27,563)

(188,473)

Proceeds on sale or redemption of investments 

Net change in Canada Housing Trust re-investment accounts

Purchase of capital assets and system development costs

Cash flows used in investing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

9,601

1,425

(7,310)

(31,946)

(590,261)

1,148,004

36,372

10,796

(7,063)

12,542

578,316

569,688

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

557,743

1,148,004

87,928

(15,640)

(5,826)

(122,011)

134,949

373,904

508,853

Cash flows from operating activities include:

Interest received

Interest paid

Dividends received

264,560

278,199

282,038

(160,417)

(125,440)

(157,638)

1,504

4,867

1,569

Page. 54   

Accounting policy changes

The Bank’s significant accounting policies are 
essential to an understanding of its reported results 
of operations and financial position. Accounting 
policies applied by the Bank in the 2020 annual 
consolidated financial statements are the same 

as those applied by it as at and for the year ended 
December 31, 2019. Please refer to Note 3 to the 
audited consolidated financial statements for a 
summary of the Bank’s other significant accounting 
policies.

Critical accounting estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial 
statements requires management to make 
judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect 
the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the 
dates of the consolidated financial statements and 
the reported amounts of revenue and expenses 
during the years. Estimates and underlying 
assumptions are reviewed by management on an 
ongoing basis. The critical estimates and judgments 
utilized in preparing the Bank’s consolidated 
financial statements affect the assessment of the 
allowance for credit losses on loans, impairment of 
other financial instruments, fair values of financial 
assets and liabilities, derecognition of financial 
assets transferred in securitization transactions, 
effectiveness of financial hedges for accounting 
purposes, and income taxes. 

In making estimates and judgments, management 
uses external information and observable market 
conditions where possible, supplemented by 
internal analysis as required. COVID-19 has 
materially impacted and continues materially 
impact the markets in which we operate. The 
government has imposed a number of measures 
designed to contain the outbreak, including 
business closures, travel restrictions, quarantines 
and cancellations of gatherings and events. These 
measures have caused increased economic volatility 
and uncertainty resulting in a rise of estimation 
uncertainty. Actual results could differ materially 
from these estimates, in which case the impact 
would be recognized in the consolidated financial 
statements in future years. 

Allowance	for	credit	losses	under	IFRS	9	and	the	
impact	of	COVID-19

The expected credit loss (ECL) model requires 
management to make judgements and estimates 

in a number of areas. Management must exercise 
significant judgement in determining whether there 
has been a significant increase in credit risk since 
initial recognition and in estimating the amount 
of expected credit losses. The measurement 
of ECL considers the incorporation of forward-
looking macroeconomic variables and probability 
weightings of macroeconomic scenarios, which 
requires significant judgement. Management 
also exercises significant experienced credit 
judgement in determining the amount of ECLs at 
each reporting date by considering reasonable 
and supportable information that is not already 
incorporated in the modelling process. Changes in 
these inputs, assumptions, models, and judgements 
directly impact the measurement of ECL.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the 
macroeconomic environment has experienced 
significant volatility and uncertainty. This has 
resulted in a direct impact on the forward-looking 
macroeconomic variables which management uses 
as part of its underlying assumptions for calculating 
the ECL. Management has used the latest forward-
looking macroeconomic variables provided by 
Moody’s Analytics economic forecasting services for 
calculating the ECL. 

Recognizing the current economic situation, 
management has also revised the probability-
weights assigned to the macroeconomic scenarios 
from December 2019 and has also exercised 
its judgment in determining the amount of the 
ECL by considering reasonable and supportable 
information that was not already incorporated in 
the ECL modelling process.

For further information regarding critical accounting 
estimates, please refer to Notes 2(d) and 9(d) to (f) 
to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Page. 55   
Page. 55   

Derivative financial instruments

The Bank hedges interest rate risks associated with insured residential mortgages 
and mortgage commitments intended for securitization, certain mortgages, 
securitization, deposit liabilities, and bonds. The Bank hedges foreign exchange risks 
associated with certain foreign currency liabilities. The Bank also hedges the risk of 
changes in future cash flows related to our RSU and Deferred Share Unit (DSU) plans. 

The Bank’s securitization activities are subject to interest rate risk, which 
represents the potential for changes in interest rates between the time the Bank 
commits to funding a mortgage it intends to securitize through the issuance of a 
securitization liability, and the time the liability is actually issued. The Bank enters 
into bond forwards to hedge this exposure, with the intent to manage the change 
in cash flows of the future interest payments on the highly probable forecasted 
issuance of the securitization liability. The Bank applies hedge accounting to these 
derivative financial instruments to minimize the volatility in income caused by 
changes in interest rates. 

For non-prepayable insured residential mortgages, where the transferred assets 
qualify for derecognition, the Bank uses bond forwards to protect itself from 
fluctuations in interest rates between the time the Bank commits to funding 
these mortgages and the time they are securitized. The change in value of the 
commitments and the funded mortgages before securitization are substantially 
offset by the change in value of the bond forwards and the Bank does not apply 
hedge accounting to these derivative instruments.

The Bank uses interest rate swaps to hedge its interest rate exposure on certain 
loans assets, securitization liabilities and deposit liabilities. Starting this year, 
the Bank entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate 
exposures on its investment in fixed rate provincial bonds. The Bank applies 
hedge accounting to these relationships.

Beginning in 2020, the Bank also entered into hedging transactions to manage 
foreign exchange exposure on certain foreign currency liabilities. The Bank does 
not apply hedge accounting to these hedging relationships.

The Bank also hedges the risk of changes in future cash flow related to RSU and 
DSU plans by entering into total return equity swap contracts with third parties, 
the value of which is linked to the price of the Bank’s common shares. Changes in 
the fair value of these derivative financial instruments offset the compensation 
expense related to the change in share price, over the period in which the swap is 
in effect. The Bank applies hedge accounting to the RSU-related derivative financial 
instruments but does not use hedge accounting for the DSU-related swaps.

As part of its CMB activities, the Bank may assume reinvestment risk between the 
amortizing mortgage-backed securities (MBS) and the bullet CMB for securitized 
mortgages which are derecognized. The Bank assumes this risk by entering into 
total return swaps with highly rated counterparties and exchanging the cash flows 
of the CMB for those of the MBS transferred to the Canada Housing Trust (CHT).

For more information on derivative financial instruments see Notes 3, 5, 9, 10, 11, 
12, 13 and 16 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Page. 56   

Off- balance sheet activities

The Bank engages in certain financial transactions 
that, for accounting purposes, are not recorded on 
its audited consolidated balance sheets. Off-Balance 
sheet transactions are generally undertaken for risk, 
capital, and funding management purposes. These 
include certain securitization transactions, the 
commitments the Bank makes to fund its pipeline 
of mortgage originations and letters of credit issued 
in the normal course of business (see Note 22 to the 
audited consolidated financial statements). 

Securitization	of	financial	assets

Certain securitization transactions qualify for 
derecognition when the Bank has transferred 
substantially all of the risks and rewards or 
control associated with the securitized assets. The 
outstanding securitized loan principal that qualified 
for derecognition totalled $5.2 billion at December 
31, 2020 (December 31, 2019 – $4.6 billion). The 
securitization liabilities associated with these 
transferred assets are approximately $5.2 billion 
(December 31, 2019 – $4.6 billion). The securitization 

Related party transactions

retained interest recorded with respect to certain 
securitization transactions was $184.8 million 
(December 31, 2019 – $139.0 million) and the 
associated servicing liability was $35.1 million at 
December 31, 2020 (December 31, 2019 – $27.8 
million).

Commitments and letter of credits

The Bank provides commitments to extend credit to 
borrowers. The Bank had outstanding commitments 
to fund $2.6 billion of loans and investments in the 
ordinary course of business at December 31, 2020 
(December 31, 2019 – $1.9 billion). 

The Bank also issues letters of credit which 
represent assurances that it will make payments 
in the event that a borrower cannot meet their 
obligations to a third party. Letters of credit in 
the amount of $29.6 million were outstanding at 
December 31, 2020 (December 31, 2019 – $29.1 
million), none of which had been drawn.

Certain of the Bank’s key management personnel 
have transacted with it and/or invested in its 
deposits, and/or the Series 3 preferred shares in the 

ordinary course of business, on market terms and 
conditions. See Note 23 to the audited consolidated 
financial statements for further details.

Risk management

Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Equitable 
Bank, Equitable is exposed to risks that are similar 
to those of other financial institutions, including the 
symptoms and effects of both domestic and global 
economic conditions and other factors that could 
adversely affect our business, financial condition, 
and operating results. These factors may also 
influence an investor’s decision to buy, sell or hold 
shares in the Bank. Many of these risk factors are 
beyond the Bank’s direct control. The Board plays 
an active role in monitoring the Bank’s key risks and 

in determining the policies, practices, controls, and 
other mechanisms that are best suited to manage 
these risks. 

The Bank’s business activities, including our use of 
financial instruments, exposes the Bank to various 
risks, the most significant of which are credit risk, 
liquidity and funding risk, and market risk.

 
 
Page. 57   

The Risk Management framework, Credit Risk, Liquidity and Funding Risk Management, and Market Risk 
Management sections below form an integral part of the 2020 annual consolidated financial statements as 
they present required IFRS disclosures as set out in IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures, which permits 
cross-referencing between the notes to the financial statements and the MD&A. See Note 4 of the annual 
consolidated financial statements.

Risk	management	framework

The Board has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Bank’s Enterprise Risk 
Management (ERM) framework. The Bank’s ERM framework is designed to ensure that all risks are managed 
within the Bank’s pre-defined risk appetite thresholds outlined in the Bank’s Risk Appetite Framework (RAF). 
The Bank’s ERM and RAF are designed to align our overall corporate strategy, financial and capital plans, business 
unit strategies and day-to-day operations, as well as our risk management policies and practices (i.e., risk limits, 
risk selection/underwriting guidelines and criteria, etc.) across the organization. The ERM and RAF are updated by 
senior management and approved by the Board on an annual basis, or more frequently, if required. 

The ERM framework covers the type and amount of risk that the Bank is capable and willing to take on in 
support of its business operations and strategy. The ERM framework is designed to ensure active monitoring 
of all key current and emerging risks on a continuous basis, and to provide the Board with timely periodic 
updates on our risk management practices and related economic capital requirements. It also sets out our 
approach for identifying, assessing, managing and reporting on our key risks, including the establishment of 
roles, responsibilities, processes, and tools to be used. To ensure that all significant and emerging risks are 
considered, we review our risk profile with respect to each of our core risks on a continuous basis, and report 
to the Board at least quarterly. The Bank’s ERM framework is also designed to ensure that all key risks are 
managed within our pre-defined risk appetite thresholds as outlined in our RAF, and that the potential for loss 
remains within acceptable Board-approved limits. 

The Bank’s ERM framework is illustrated below:

Enterprise	Risk	Management	Framework

Board

Risk & Capital  
Committee

Other Board Committees

Enterprise Risk Management  
(“ERM”) Committee

Risk Appetite Framework (“RAF”)  
ICAAP and Capital Management

Determination of Risk Appetiti & Threshold  
for Losses (Stress Testing)

Risk Aggregation and Consolidation  
Summarized in Risk Dashboards

Credit Risk

Operational Risk 
Reputational Risk 
Liquidity and Funding Risk

Business & Strategic Risk 
Legal & Regulatory Risk

Page. 58   

The	Risk	and	Capital	Committee	(RCC):	The 
RCC of the Board assists the Board in fulfilling its 
oversight and governance responsibilities for the 
management of the Bank’s core and emerging 
risks and the adequacy of our Internal Capital 
Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), as well as 
our strategic and capital plans. The RCC specifically 
assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight role for 
credit, liquidity and funding, and market risks and 
receives ongoing periodic reports from the Bank’s 
ERM Committee and Asset and Liability Committee 
(ALCO) in this regard. The RCC also has primary 
oversight responsibility for operational risk, 
business and strategic risk, and reputational risk. In 
addition, the mandate of the RCC requires that the 
Committee review and approve the significant risk 
management policies and frameworks developed 
and implemented to identify, measure, mitigate, 
monitor, and report on the Bank’s core risks, 
along with its risk-based capital requirements 
and the results of its stress testing for all key 
risks. At present, the RCC is comprised of five 
independent directors, including the Chairs of 
the Audit Committee and Human Resources and 
Compensation Committee. It meets quarterly with 
the Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Financial 
Officer (CFO), and the Chief Risk Officer (CRO). 

To ensure capital allocation and risk management 
are aligned, the Bank’s ICAAP, which is reviewed 
annually with the RCC, determines the ongoing 
capital needs of the business and reviews those 
needs in the context of our operating environment 
and strategic plans. Material risks are regularly 
stress tested to determine their impact on capital 
and to establish our internal capital adequacy 
targets on a go-forward basis.

The RCC is supported by the following board and 
management level committees:

Credit Risk Sub-Committee: The credit risk 
sub-committee of the RCC is responsible for 
approving lending transactions which exceed 
the credit limits that have been delegated to 
management by the Board.

ERM Committee: The ERM Committee is chaired 
by the CRO and consists of members of senior 
management, reports to the RCC, and assists 
the RCC in fulfilling its oversight and governance 
responsibilities vis-à-vis the Bank’s risk 
management practices and ICAAP. To ensure 
that all significant risks that the Bank faces 

are actively managed and monitored, the ERM 
Committee reviews and monitors the Bank’s key 
and emerging risks, risk trends, the results of 
our enterprise-wide stress and scenario tests, 
relevant policies and related risk management 
considerations/actions to be taken. It reports to 
the RCC at least quarterly.

Asset and Liability Committee: The RCC oversees 
the Bank’s ALCO, which identifies the liquidity 
as well as the market risks faced by the Bank, 
sets appropriate risk limits and controls, and 
monitors those risks and adherence to Board 
approved limits. The ALCO is chaired by the 
CEO and is comprised of members of senior 
management. 

Other Board Committees that monitor the 
organizations activities and overall risk profile are 
as follows:

Audit Committee: The Audit Committee of the 
Board assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight 
responsibilities with respect to the quality and 
integrity of the Bank’s financial reporting processes 
and the performance of the internal audit function. 
The Audit Committee is assisted in fulfilling its 
mandate by the Bank’s Finance and Internal 
Audit departments. Internal Audit undertakes 
regular and independent reviews of the Bank’s 
risk management controls and procedures, the 
results of which are reported to the Audit and other 
applicable Board Committees. 

Governance and Nominating Committee: 
The Governance and Nominating Committee of 
the Board maintains primary oversight over the 
Bank’s Legal and Regulatory risk; this includes 
oversight of the Bank’s Compliance function and 
ensures the Bank’s compliance with all legal and 
regulatory requirements. The Committee also is 
responsible for overall corporate governance which 
includes Board membership, Board effectiveness, 
development of corporate governance guidelines 
including a code of conduct, and matters related to 
the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada. Further, 
this committee is responsible for the oversight 
of the Bank’s environmental sustainability and 
corporate social responsibility initiatives in 
conjunction with the review of Bank’s Public 
Accountability Statement, and monitors trends 
and best practices in environmental, social and 
governance practices and reporting.

Page. 59   

Human	Resources	and	Compensation	
Committee: The Human Resources and 
Compensation Committee of the Board assists the 
Board in ensuring that the Bank’s compensation 
policies and practices are aligned with our risk 
appetite and risk management frameworks. This 
ensures that the incentive for management to 
assume risks in the pursuit of business objectives is 
aligned with our Board-approved risk appetite.

Under the Bank’s risk management framework, 
senior management reports on all key risk issues to 
at least one of the aforementioned committees of 
the Board on a quarterly basis.

The Bank’s approach to enterprise-wide risk 
management aligns with the three lines of defense 
model: 

i. 

 Business Unit Leaders are the ‘first line’, and 
are primarily accountable for identifying, 
assessing, managing and reporting risk within 
their functional areas of responsibility. 

ii.   The Risk Oversight functions, which include the 
Finance, Risk and Compliance departments, are 
accountable for independent oversight of the 
Business Unit operations from a ‘second line’ 
perspective. Given the size and relatively low 
complexity of the Bank’s operations and risk 
profile, business line management leverages 
the skills of the ‘second line’ as subject matter 
experts to assist in the design of our risk 
monitoring practices. Due to the inherent 
expertise embedded in our ‘second line’, the 
performance of some traditional ‘first line’ 
oversight functions may be undertaken by the 
‘second line’. 

iii.  Internal Audit is accountable for independent 

assurance as the ‘third line of defense’. 

The following sections address the risks associated 
with COVID-19 and provide updates on our credit 
risk and liquidity risk profiles. 

COVID-19

This section should be read in conjunction with the 
other comments about COVID-19 and our actions in 
other parts of this document, in particular but not 
limited to the sections titled “COVID-19”, “Business 
Outlook”, and “Credit Quality and Allowances”.

As a result of the global COVID-19 pandemic, the 
risks to our business have increased. The pandemic 
continues to have an adverse impact on businesses 
in Canada and around the world and the economic 

environments in which they operate. The spread 
of COVID-19 and resulting efforts to contain its 
spread has resulted in a recession and elevated 
unemployment in Canada that has been met by a 
response from Government in the form of income 
support for people and businesses impacted by 
enforced shutdowns of businesses.

The Bank has established a pandemic response 
plan and procedures. The response plan outlines 
precautions to protect the safety and well-being 
of its employees and customers but no assurance 
can be given that these actions will be adequate 
or appropriate. The unprecedented move across 
industries around the globe to conduct business 
from home and away from primary office locations 
increases both the demand on our technology 
infrastructure but also the risk of cyber-attacks 
which could lead to technology failures, security 
breaches, unauthorized access, loss or destruction 
of data or unavailability of services. Any of these 
events could result in litigation or result in a financial 
loss, disruption of our business activities, liability to 
our customers, government intervention or damage 
to our reputation. The spread of COVID-19 could 
also negatively impact availability of key personnel 
and employee productivity, as well as the business 
and operations of third-party service providers who 
perform critical services for the Bank, which could 
adversely impact the ability to deliver products and 
services to customers. While being alert to this risk, 
the Bank’s cloud based infrastructure has allowed 
the Bank’s operations to be effectively conducted 
while most employees are working from home.

The management committee of the Bank is actively 
monitoring its response to the financial and non-
financial risk of COVID-19. The CEO provides the 
Board with regular updates on the impact on the 
business, our workforce, and customers.

Credit	risk

Credit risk is defined as the possibility that the 
Bank will not receive the full value of amounts and 
recovery costs owed to it if counterparties fail to 
honour their obligations to the Bank. Credit risk 
arises principally from the Bank’s lending activities, 
and our investment in debt and equity securities. 
The Bank’s exposure to credit risk is monitored by 
senior management and the ERM Committee, as 
well as the Risk and Capital Committee of the Board, 
which also undertakes the approval and monitoring 
of the Bank’s investment and lending policies.

Page. 60   

The Bank’s primary lending business is providing 
first mortgages on real estate located across 
Canada. All mortgages are individually evaluated 
by the Bank’s or its agents’ underwriters using 
internal and external credit risk assessment tools, 
and are assigned risk ratings in accordance with 
the level of credit risk attributed to each loan. 
Each transaction is approved independently in 
accordance with the authorization structure 
set out in the Bank’s policies. Our underwriting 
approach, particularly in our Core Lending 
business, places a strong emphasis on security 
evaluation and judgmental analysis of the risks 
in the transaction. As a result, for borrowers who 
have good equity and debt service ratios, we can 
underwrite mortgages on terms favourable to the 
Bank in situations where other lenders may not be 
able to reach a satisfactory business transaction. 
The Bank originates insured Single Family prime 
mortgages through third party agents, in addition 
to originating them internally. As part of our risk 
management practices, we ensure that these third 
party sourced prime mortgages are underwritten 
to the high standards required of both Bank-
originated mortgages, as well as those required 
by our mortgage insurers. We also conduct 
periodic reviews of our mortgage underwriting 
and servicing policies, procedures, and practices 
vis-à-vis the applicable requirements outlined 
by our mortgage insurers to ensure that we 
remain compliant with their ongoing operational 
requirements.

We have implemented a number of Risk Appetite 
measures which allow the Bank to monitor 
and control inherent risks at the enterprise 
and portfolio levels. These measures vary by 
business unit as may be appropriate, and include 
a combination of measures such as geographic 
concentrations, loan classifications, asset 
concentration limits, and industrial segmentation 
limits. These limits are monitored and reported to 
senior management and the Board on a regular 
basis and are also used to inform our strategic 
planning process.

We have clearly defined underwriting policies and 
procedures that we adhere to in our mortgage 
underwriting process. These include a maximum 
LTV ratio on all uninsured commercial and 
residential mortgage loans; certain standards 
with regard to the asset quality and debt service 
coverage of commercial properties; standards 
for the marketability of the properties taken as 

security, including geographic market restrictions; 
and requirements surrounding the overall 
credit quality and integrity of all borrowers. We 
also actively analyze the profile of our lending 
businesses and new mortgage originations in 
tandem with external market conditions, including 
market values and employment conditions 
that prevail in those markets where we lend. 
When we judge that the risk associated with a 
particular region or product is increasing, we 
adjust our underwriting criteria to ensure that 
our underwriting policies continue to be prudent 
and reflective of current and expected economic 
conditions, and thereby safeguard the future 
health of our portfolio. When appropriate, we 
also respond to the changing marketplace with 
initiatives designed to increase or decrease 
our mortgage originations, as required, while 
continuing to ensure a prudent credit risk profile 
across our entire portfolio. 

Adding new products and diversifying is an 
important means to reduce risk if executed 
effectively. The Bank follows established change 
management policies and procedures to ensure 
the successful implementation of new offerings. 
The Bank has diversified into adjacent personal 
businesses such as the offering of reverse 
mortgages to qualifying homeowners. These 
reverse mortgages enable homeowners to convert 
a portion of their home equity into cash on a 
tax-free basis while remaining in their principal 
residence. The Bank also offering lines of credit 
to individuals aged over fifty, secured against the 
Cash Surrender Value (CSV) of the borrower’s 
participating whole life insurance policy. 

Through its Commercial Lending platform, the Bank 
continues diversifying into ‘Specialized Finance’ – 
with a focus on ‘Lend to Lender’ arrangements. 

On January 1, 2019, the Bank acquired Bennington, 
a privately owned company serving the brokered 
equipment leasing market in Canada with a focus 
on transportation, construction, and food service 
equipment. The Bank’s strategy with respect to 
Bennington is to enhance its competitive position 
in the equipment financing market using our 
challenger bank platform and access to cost-
effective funding sources. 

The Bank categorizes individual credit exposures in 
our lending portfolios using an internal risk rating 
system that rates each exposure in the portfolio 

Page. 61   

on the basis of perceived risk, or probability 
of, a potential financial loss – in order to focus 
management on monitoring higher risk exposures. 
Each exposure’s risk rating is initially determined 
during the underwriting process and subsequently 
either confirmed or revised thereafter, as a result 
of certain trigger events, using customized risk 
grids applicable to the property type supporting 
the exposure. In the case of impairment, probable 
recovery is determined using a combination of 
updated property-specific information, historical 
loss experience and management judgment to 
determine the impairment provision that may be 
required.

The Bank invests in corporate bonds to diversify its 
liquidity holdings and to generate higher returns. 
However, such investments expose the Bank to 
credit risk, should the issuer of these securities 
be unable to make timely interest payments 
or, under a worst case scenario, if the issuer 
becomes insolvent. To limit its exposure to credit 
risk, the Bank establishes policies with exposure 
limits based on credit rating and investment 
type. Securities rated BBB- and higher (which 
is considered “low risk”) comprised 100% of the 
Bank’s corporate bond portfolio at December 31, 
2020 (December 31, 2019 – 100%). 

The Bank also invests in preferred shares to 
generate returns that meet certain internally 
acceptable ROE thresholds. These securities also 
represent a potential source of liquidity for the 
Bank. However, such investments expose the Bank 
to credit risk – should the issuer of these securities 
be unable to make timely dividend payments or, 
under a worst case scenario, if the issuer becomes 
insolvent. To limit its exposure to credit risk, the 
Bank establishes policies with exposure limits 
based on credit rating and investment type. 
Securities rated P-2 or higher comprised 41% of the 
Bank’s total equity securities portfolio at December 
31, 2020, compared to 41.5% a year earlier. 
Securities rated P-3 or higher comprised 97.6% of 
the total equity securities portfolio at the end of 
December 2020 (December 31, 2019 – 98.2%).

Table	28:	Credit	risk	exposure	ratings	scale

The Bank’s rating scale for the credit quality of 
our counterparties is based on both internal 
and external credit grading systems. Table 28 
below maps these grading systems against the 
categories on the Bank’s credit risk exposure 
ratings scale. It presents the long-term Standard & 
Poor’s equivalent grades for the Bank’s cash and 
cash equivalents, debt and equity securities, and 
derivative counterparties. Low risk denotes that 
there is a very low risk of either default or loss, 
standard risk that there is a low risk of default or 
loss, and high risk that there is some concern that 
default or loss could occur.

Cash and cash equivalents and derivatives ratings 
are based on the issuer grade of the respective 
financial institution, their subsidiaries or other 
financial intermediaries. Debt securities, including 
corporate bonds, are categorized based on short-
term or long-term issue grades, depending on 
the maturity dates of the securities. Preferred 
share securities are categorized based on the 
DBRS preferred share rating scale used in the 
Canadian securities market. Lending exposures are 
categorized according to the Bank’s internal risk 
rating framework, which is based on the likelihood 
of default. 

The Bank assigns economic and regulatory capital 
for our counterparty credit exposures in accordance 
with OSFI’s CAR Guideline, which is based on 
standards issued by the BCBS. All deemed credit 
exposures, such as counterparty credit risk that 
may arise through deposits placed with banks, 
derivatives contracts and other activities, are 
regularly assessed to ensure that such activities 
are consistent with the Bank’s Board-approved RAF 
and do not expose the Bank to undue risk of loss. 
All related counterparty credit limits are approved 
by senior management and monitored on an 
ongoing basis to ensure that all such exposures are 
maintained within approved limits.

Cash and cash equivalents, investments, and derivatives:

S&P equivalent grade

Mortgages receivable:

Mortgage risk rating

Low	risk

Standard	risk

High	risk

AAA	–	BBB-

BB+	–	B

B-	–	CC

0	–	3

4	–	5

6	–	8

Page. 62   

We have assessed the credit quality of the Bank’s assets as at December 31, 2020 and 2019, on the basis of 
the above mapping of internal and external risk ratings to the credit risk exposure categories. The table below 
provides the gross carrying amount of all financial assets classified as debt instruments in accordance with 
IFRS 9, for which a loss allowance is calculated, including contractual amounts of undrawn loan commitments, 
based on the Bank’s credit risk exposure rating scale.

Table 29: Credit quality analysis

($000s)

Loans receivable:

Low risk

Standard risk

High risk

Impaired

Total

Less allowance

($000s)

Loans commitments:

Low risk

Standard risk

High risk

Total

Less allowance

($000s)

Loans receivable:

Low risk

Standard risk

High risk

Impaired

Total

Less allowance

($000s)

Loans receivable:

Low risk

Standard risk

High risk

Total

Less allowance

For the year ended December 31, 2020

Stage1

Stage1

Stage3

Total

13,757,464

952,212

9,641,586

3,309,828

304,089

251,018

-

-

-

-

-

121,548

14,709,676

12,951,414

555,107

121,548

23,703,139

4,513,058

121,548

28,337,745

(35,731)

(26,753)

(3,544)

(66,028)

23,667,408

4,486,305

118,004

28,271,717

For the year ended December 31, 2020

Stage1

Stage1

Stage3

Total

672,180

963,356

32,630

742

141,127

572

1,668,166

142,441

(129)

(20)

1,668,037

142,421

-

-

-

-

-

-

672,922

1,104,483

33,202

1,810,607

(149)

1,810,458

For the year ended December 31, 2019

Stage1

Stage1

Stage3

Total

12,248,376

521,467

11,235,604

2,175,479

209,680

131,677

-

-

-

-

-

122,454

12,769,843

13,411,083

341,357

122,454

23,693,660

2,828,623

122,454

26,644,737

(19,946)

(11,768)

(5,062)

(36,776)

23,673,714

2,816,855

117,392

26,607,961

For the year ended December 31, 2019

Stage1

Stage1

Stage3

Total

232,030

927,607

6,177

370

169,807

147

1,165,814

170,324

(107)

(24)

1,165,707

170,300

-

-

-

-

-

-

232,400

1,097,414

6,324

1,336,138

(131)

1,336,007

Page. 63   

The following table sets out the credit analysis for financial assets measured at FVTPL and for equity 
securities measured at FVOCI.

Table	30:	Credit	analysis	for	financial	assets

($000s)

Debt Instruments:

Loan	receivables	–	FVTPL

Low risk

Standard risk

Carrying amount

Investments	–	FVTPL

Low risk

Standard risk

High risk

Carrying amount

Equity Instruments:

Equity	Securities	–	FVTPL

High risk

Carrying amount

Equity	Securities	–	FVOCI

Low risk

Standard risk

High risk

Carrying amount

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

59,416

65,789

125,205

134,355

7,683

9,279

151,317

1,165

1,165

27,901

54,419

5,019

87,339

96,779

98,272

195,051

41,059

7,281

6,093

54,433

1,100

1,100

31,614

55,766

5,007

92,387

Cash and cash equivalents

The Bank held cash and cash equivalents of $557.7 
million as at December 31, 2020. The cash and cash 
equivalents are held with financial institutions that 
are rated at least A- to AAA, based on S&P ratings.

to $0.9 million (December 31, 2019 – $1.6 million) 
and are included in Other assets (Note 14) in the 
consolidated balance sheet. The Bank does not use 
the real estate obtained through foreclosure for its 
own operations.

Collateral held as security

All mortgages are secured by real estate property 
located in Canada. Appraised values for collateral 
held against mortgages are obtained at the time 
of origination and are generally not updated, 
except when a mortgage is individually assessed 
as impaired. For impaired mortgages, the most 
recent appraised value of collateral at December 
31, 2020 was $140 million (December 31, 2019 – 
$149 million). At December 31, 2020, the appraised 
values of collateral held for mortgages considered 
past due but not impaired, as determined when 
the mortgages were originated, was $182 million 
(December 31, 2019 – $88 million). It is the Bank’s 
policy to pursue the timely realization of collateral 
in an orderly manner. 

Real estate from foreclosures that were owned 
and held for sale at December 31, 2020 amounted 

Leases are secured by first charges against the 
equipment leased, and may include guarantees and 
other additional charges against other assets such 
as real estate. Values for the equipment securing 
leases are typically determined at the origination of 
the lease and generally not updated, except when 
a lease is individually assessed as impaired. For 
impaired leases, the value of expected realizations 
from charges and against equipment and other 
security at December 31, 2020 was $7.3 million 
(December 31, 2019 – $5.3 million).

The Bank does not hold collateral against 
investments in debt and equity securities; however, 
securities received under reverse repurchase 
agreements are allowed to be sold or re-pledged 
in the absence of default by the owner. The Bank 
has a commitment to return collateral to the 
counterparty in accordance with the terms and 

Page. 64   

conditions stipulated by the master repurchase 
agreement. The Bank has no contractual 
agreement with any counterparty that required it 
to post increased collateral in the event of its credit 
rating being downgraded.

Liquidity Risk may also be affected if an unduly 
large proportion of the Bank’s deposit-taking 
business involves a single person, organization or 
group of related persons/organizations or a single 
geographic area.

The contractual amount outstanding on financial 
assets that were written off during the year 
amounted to $3 million (December 31, 2019 – 
$3.1 million). These amounts are still subject to 
enforcement activity. 

Credit	concentration	risk

A key component of credit risk that is closely 
monitored and measured within the exposures in 
our unsecuritized portfolio, is credit concentration 
risk. By way of definition, credit concentration 
risk results if an unduly large proportion of the 
Bank’s lending business involves a single person, 
organization or group of related persons or 
organizations, a single geographic area, a single 
industry or a single category of investment. The 
ability of these counterparties to meet contractual 
obligations may be similarly affected by changing 
economic or other conditions. On a regular basis, 
with the approval of the Board, we establish credit 
limits for exposure to certain counterparties, 
industries or market segments, monitors these 
credit exposures, and prepares detailed analyses 
and reports assessing overall credit risk within the 
Bank’s lending exposures and investment portfolios. 

Management believes that it is adequately 
diversified by borrower, property type and 
geography. At December 31, 2020, no individual 
borrower represented more than $94 million 
(December 31, 2019 – $100 million) or 0.7% 
(December 31, 2019 – 0.7%) of uninsured loan 
principal outstanding. See Tables 7 and 13 of our 
Q4 2020 unaudited Supplemental Information and 
Regulatory Disclosures Report for a breakdown of 
loan principal outstanding by property type and 
geography, respectively.

Liquidity	and	funding	risk

We define Liquidity and Funding risk as the 
possibility that the Bank will be unable to 
generate sufficient funds in a timely manner 
and at a reasonable price to meet our financial 
obligations as they come due. These financial 
obligations mainly arise from the maturity of 
deposits, maturity of mortgage-backed securities, 
and commitments to extend credit. Funding and 

In accordance with our RAF, the Board defines the 
Bank’s liquidity and funding risk tolerance as ‘low’, 
and also reviews and approves the limits to measure 
and control this risk. These limits are articulated 
via our Board-approved Liquidity and Funding Risk 
Management Policy – which is updated annually, at a 
minimum. This Policy requires the Bank to maintain 
a pool of high quality liquid assets and stipulates 
various liquidity ratios and limits, concentration 
limits and, among other considerations, ongoing 
periodic liquidity stress testing requirements. 
We also adhere to the OSFI’s Liquidity Adequacy 
Requirement (LAR) Guideline, which provides the 
framework within which OSFI assesses whether a 
federally-regulated financial institution maintains 
adequate liquidity. Our liquidity position and 
adherence to the requirements are monitored on a 
daily basis by senior management. Key metrics are 
also reported monthly to the ALCO and, quarterly, 
both to the ERM Committee and the RCC of the 
Board. Any exceptions to established Policy or 
regulatory limits are reported immediately to the 
ALCO or to the Board, as applicable. As at December 
31, 2020, we were in compliance with all related 
regulatory requirements.

The Bank’s practice is to hold a sufficient amount 
of liquidity on our balance sheet to ensure that 
we remain well positioned to manage unexpected 
events that may reduce/limit our access to funding. 
We closely monitor our liquidity position on a 
daily basis and ensure that the level of liquid 
resources held, together with our ability to raise 
new deposits, is sufficient to meet our funding 
commitments, deposit maturity obligations, and 
properly discharge our other financial obligations. 
Actual liquidity may vary from period to period, 
mainly due to the timing of anticipated cash 
flows and funding seasonality. In addition to our 
funding and liquidity management policies and 
procedures, we have also developed a Liquidity and 
Funding Risk Contingency Plan, an OSFI-mandated 
Comprehensive Recovery Plan, which outlines 
actions to be undertaken to address the outflow 
of funds in the event of a funding or liquidity crisis, 
and a Resolution Plan.

Page. 65   

Table	31:	Assets	held	for	liquidity	protection

($000s, except percentages)

Policy	minimum

2020

2019

Liquid assets held for regulatory purposes

2,793,555

1,575,297

Liquidity Policy Ratio: liquid assets as a % of required 
liquidity(1)(2)

100%

128%

178%

(1) For purposes of this calculation, the Bank’s Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Policy requires the value of assets held for 
liquidity protection to be reduced to reflect their estimated liquidity value. (2) The liquidity policy ratio declined in 2020, while the 
amount of liquid assets held increased. This was the result of growth in the consolidated balance sheet including demand deposits 
(which we hold higher levels of liquidity for than term deposits) and higher business requirements, which in turn increased the 
amount of required liquidity.

Stress and scenario testing is an integral part of the Bank’s Liquidity and Funding Risk Management framework 
and supports the development of action plans to address funding needs in stressed environments. We manage 
our funding needs to ensure that we can meet our financial commitments in a timely manner and at reasonable 
prices, even in times of stress. The Bank’s stress-testing models consider scenarios that incorporate institution-
specific, market-specific and combination events. These scenarios model cash flows over a one-year period 
incorporating such factors as a decline in capacity to raise new deposits, lower liquidity values for market 
investments and an accelerated redemption of notice deposits. In order to establish these scenarios, we assess 
our fund-raising capacity and establish assumptions related to the cash flow behavior of each type of asset 
and liability. In each scenario, the Bank targets to hold sufficient liquid assets and have fundraising capacity 
sufficient to meet all obligations for at least a three-month forecast period while maintaining normal business 
activities. As at December 31, 2020, the Bank held sufficient liquid assets and maintained sufficient funding 
capacity to meet all funding obligations over the one-year forecasting period under all considered scenarios.

We continue to actively diversify our funding sources in order to proactively manage our funding risk profile. 
This diversification has been accomplished through the launch of our direct-to-consumer platform, EQ Bank, 
the addition of several large bank sponsored funding facilities, a deposit note program, and new securitization 
vehicles. Also, in 2019, the Bank received approval of the Minister of Finance (Canada) for letters patent to 
incorporate a trust company under the Trust and Loan Companies Act (Canada) and, on December 19, 2019, 
received the “Order to Commence and Carry on Business” from OSFI. The new wholly-owned trust subsidiary 
commenced business in early 2020 and provides an additional source of funding diversification for the Bank as 
it is a new issuer of deposits that is eligible for CDIC insurance coverage. 

The following table summarizes contractual maturities of the Bank’s financial liabilities.

Table 32: Contractual obligations(1) 

($000s)

Payments	due	by	period

Total

Less than 1 year

1	−	3	years

4	−	5	years

After 5 years

Deposits principal and interest

 11,957,938

6,548,778

4,173,085

1,226,934

9,141

Securitization liabilities principal 
and interest

Bank facilities principal and 
interest

Other liabilities

Total 2020 contractual 
obligations 

Total 2019 contractual 
obligations(2)

 22,681,113

4,000,029

7,548,040

7,042,573

4,090,470

 141

 152,064

141

-

-

125,080

17,274

5,262

-

4,448

34,791,256

10,674,027

11,738,399

8,274,769

4,104,059

32,777,778

9,945,417

11,323,280

8,093,703

3,415,378

(1) The balances for financial liabilities will not agree with those in our consolidated balance sheet as this table incorporates all on 
and off balance sheet obligations, on an undiscounted basis, including both principal and interest. Prior year amounts have been 
adjusted accordingly. (2) Reclassified to conform to current year presentation. 

See Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements for credit commitments and contingencies as at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Page. 66   

Market	risk

Market Risk consists of interest rate risk and equity 
price risk, and is broadly defined as the possibility 
that changes in either market interest rates or 
equity prices may have an adverse effect on our 
profitability or financial condition. Interest rate risk 
may be affected if an unduly large proportion of our 
assets or liabilities have unmatched terms, interest 
rates or other attributes, such as optionality features 
embedded in our cashable deposits or mortgage 
commitments. For the interest sensitivity position 
of the Bank at December 31, 2020, see Note 24 to 
the consolidated financial statements. With respect 
to equity price risk, the value of our securities 
portfolio may be impacted by market determined 
variables which are beyond our control, such as 
benchmark yields, credit and/or market spreads, 
implied volatilities, the possibility of credit migration 
and default, among others. Overall, we have a ‘low’ 
appetite for market risk.

With respect to structural interest rate risk, our 
objective is to manage and control the Bank’s 
interest rate risk exposures within acceptable 
parameters and our primary method of mitigating 
this risk involves funding our assets with liabilities 
of a similar duration. The Bank also maintains a 
hedging program to manage its economic value to 
its target risk. The responsibility for managing the 
Bank’s interest rate risk resides with the ALCO, which 
meets monthly to review and approve all Treasury-
related policies, to review key interest rate risk 

Table	33:	Net	interest	income	shock	

($000s, except percentages)

100 basis point shift

Impact on net interest income

Impact on EVE

EVE impact as a % of common shareholders' equity

200 basis point shift

Impact on net interest income

Impact on EVE

EVE impact as a % of common shareholders' equity

metrics, and to provide direction on our operating 
and funding strategy. Also, senior management 
continuously reviews our interest rate risk profile 
and monitors the Bank’s ongoing funding strategy 
through the daily interest rate-setting process.

We monitor interest rate risk by utilizing simulated 
interest rate change sensitivity models to estimate 
the effects of various interest rate change scenarios 
on net interest income and on the economic value 
of shareholders’ equity (EVE). EVE is a calculation 
of the present value of the Bank’s asset cash flows, 
less the present value of liability cash flows on an 
after-tax basis. Management considers this measure 
to be more comprehensive than measuring changes 
in net interest income, as it captures all interest rate 
mismatches across all terms. Certain assumptions 
that are based on actual experience are also built 
into the simulations, including assumptions related 
to the pre-maturity redemption of deposits and 
early payouts of mortgages. 

The table below illustrates the results of 
management’s sensitivity modeling to immediate 
and sustained interest rate increase and decrease 
scenarios. The models measure the impact of 
interest-rate changes on EVE and NII during the 
12-month period following December 31, 2020. The 
estimate of sensitivity to interest rate changes is 
dependent on a number of assumptions that could 
result in a different outcome in the event of an 
actual interest rate change.

Increase in 
interest rates

Decrease in 
interest rates(1)

19,430

(18,381)

(1.2%)

38,986

(34,649)

(2.2%)

(764) 

(4,060)

(0.3%) 

(755)

(4,068)

(0.3%) 

(1) Interest rate is not allowed to decrease beyond a floor of 0% and is therefore not allowed to be negative

Page. 67   

The management of Equity Price risk is assigned 
to the ALCO by the RCC of the Board. The ALCO 
manages the Bank’s securities portfolio in 
accordance with its ‘Marketable Securities Policy’ 
and takes into consideration the following factors:

•  General economic conditions and the possible 

effect of inflation or deflation;

•  The expected tax consequences of investment 

decisions or business strategies;

•  The credit quality of each investment and its 

role within the overall portfolio;

•  The expected total return from income and the 

appreciation of capital;

•  The Bank’s need for liquidity, available capacity, 

and regularity/stability of earnings; and

•  Each investment’s special relationship or special 

value, if any, to the overall objectives of the 
portfolio.

On a monthly basis, the ALCO reviews the 
investment performance, composition, quality and 
other pertinent characteristics of the securities 
portfolio. This information is also presented to, 
and reviewed by, the RCC of the Board at least 
quarterly, or more frequently, if required.

Operational	risk

We define Operational risk as the possibility that a 
loss could result from people, inadequate or failed 
internal processes or systems, or from external 
events. Our definition specifically excludes legal risk 
– which we include under the ‘Legal and Regulatory 
Risk’ category below. 

Operational risk is present in virtually all 
business activities of the Bank and includes such 
considerations as fraud, damage to equipment, 
system failures, data entry errors, model risk, 
cyber security and business continuity. We also 
consider natural disasters in our assessment 
of operational risk, to the extent that they may 
impact collateral values or other pertinent loan loss 
drivers. As outlined in the Bank’s RAF, the Bank has 
a ‘low’ appetite and a ‘low-to-medium’ tolerance 
for Operational Risk. We recognize that while the 
nature of operational risk is such that there is little 
or no expected reward in taking on this risk, the 
costs to attempt to eliminate operational risk may 
be excessive.

The Bank’s Operational Risk Management program 
includes the following key components:

•  Governance: While Operational risk may not be 
completely eliminated, proactive management 

of this risk is very important in order to mitigate 
exposure to financial losses, reputational damage 
and/or regulatory fines. We have implemented a 
Board-approved Operational Risk Management 
Policy and an Operational Risk Management 
Framework, which are jointly designed to 
monitor, review and report on operational risk 
management across the Bank. Both the Policy and 
the related Framework articulate our governance 
practices for the proper management of 
Operational risk and include clear accountabilities 
for the three-lines-of-defense (i.e., Business 
Units, Risk Management and related oversight 
functions such as Compliance and Finance, and 
Internal Audit) – in alignment with both the 
BCBS’s ‘Principles for the Sound Management 
of Operational Risk’, and with OSFI’s related 
‘Operational Risk Management Guideline’. Given 
the size of the Bank, the relatively low complexity 
of our business operations and our operational 
risk profile, business line management leverages 
the skills of the second line as subject matter 
experts to assist in the development of our 
operational risk monitoring practices. Additionally, 
given the expertise embedded in our second 
line of defense, the performance of some first 
line operational risk management activities are 
undertaken by the second line.

•  Training: All employees within our organization 

are required to play a role in managing 
Operational risk. In this regard, we conduct 
operational risk management and cyber security 
awareness training and testing for all employees 
across the Bank – to provide them with an 
overview of the various types of operational risks, 
and their respective roles and responsibilities in 
helping to protect the interests and assets of the 
Bank.

• 	Risk	and	Control	Self-Assessments	(RCSA’s): We 
use these tools on an annual basis to help identify 
and evaluate operational risk factors within our 
individual business and functional units, as well 
as on a Bank-wide basis. These tools assist us in 
the proactive identification and assessment of key 
operational risks inherent in our material activities 
and systems, and in evaluating the effectiveness 
of controls that are in place to manage these risks.

• 	Key	Risk	Indicators	(KRI’s): As part of our RCSA 
monitoring exercise, we utilize KRI’s to measure, 
monitor and report on the level of operational 
risk on a business/functional unit basis, as well as 

Page. 68   

across the organization. These KRI’s also serve as 
early warning triggers to highlight potential issues 
before the Bank experiences an incident or loss 
event.

•  Other	Operational	Risk	Management	(ORM)	
Tools: In addition to the RCSA’s and KRI’s noted 
above, a number of other operational risk 
management tools are in use as part of the Bank’s 
ORM program – these include an operational 
risk taxonomy, operational risk event collection 
and analysis, and change management risk and 
control assessment.

•  Risk	Measurement	and	Reporting:	On a regular 
monthly basis, our centralized Operational Risk 
Management Team consolidates key operational 
risk management trends, significant events, if any, 
and KRI’s across the Bank; these are reported to 
the ERM committee and to the RCC of the Board 
on a quarterly basis, at a minimum.

•  Business Continuity Management: The 

Bank maintains a robust Business Continuity 
Management program, which includes a ‘Crisis 
Management Plan’ – to ensure that we have 
the capability to sustain, manage and recover 
critical operations and processes in the event of 
a business disruption, thereby minimizing any 
adverse effects on our customers, partners and 
other stakeholders. Our Business Continuity 
Management Program is comprised of various 
plans (i.e., Crisis Management Plan, Business 
Continuity Plans, Disaster Recovery Plan and our 
Comprehensive Recovery Plan) to ensure the 
ability to operate as a going concern in the event 
of a severe business disruption. All key business 
units within the organization are required to 
maintain, and regularly test and review, their 
business continuity plans. 

•  Enterprise	Change	Management: Effective 

change management is key to successful 
implementation and execution of our business 
strategies and objectives. The Bank is committed 
to effective management of changes through 
use of established controls and processes 
that consider the materiality and risk of each 
change before it is undertaken. Our change 
management practices involve assessment of 
change materiality, appropriate engagement 
of key stakeholders and support areas. All 
material changes are subject to a comprehensive 
assessment of impact to the Bank’s core risks to 
ensure appropriate identification and mitigation 

of risks. In addition, all material changes 
are subject to a more detailed assessment 
of operational risks to ensure appropriate 
identification and mitigation of risks as part of 
the project management, implementation plans, 
post implementation activities, and operational 
execution.

•  Fraud: The Bank maintains a robust control 

framework designed to manage the risks related 
to misrepresentation and fraudulent activities 
across the Bank.

Our approach to fraud risk management has been to:

•  Utilize established Operational Risk Management 

tools as well as specific fraud related tools 
and processes to support the identification, 
assessment, measurement and mitigation of 
fraud risk;

•  Establish the reporting and monitoring processes 

to support the approach; and

•  Establish a culture of risk awareness and 

understanding throughout all business units 
within the organization so that fraud risk and 
its associated implications are considered in all 
significant decisions.

We have processes to keep our fraud controls 
relevant, agile, and current to accommodate new 
products, new channels and evolving fraud trends. 
The existing fraud risk management program 
utilizes proactive measures to deter, prevent 
and detect fraud, rather than solely relying upon 
reactive measures. Our fraud risk management 
framework is oriented around our three lines 
of defense model. Our first line business unit 
processes in mortgage underwriting and deposit 
taking form the primary layer of defense against 
external fraudulent activities. Here our businesses 
focus on early detection and rejection of potentially 
fraudulent transactions. Remaining vigilant, 
particularly in the face of regulatory changes, 
tightening mortgage qualification criteria, and 
changing housing prices, we have continually 
enhanced our capabilities through the adoption 
of new technologies , the maintenance and use of 
data strategically, and the continual development 
of training and awareness programs for staff.

Centrally, and operating as a 2nd line centre of 
excellence in conjunction with our Compliance and 
AML teams, we operate a Central Fraud team to 
provide independent oversight of 1st line activities, 
expert assistance in detection, the development 

Page. 69   

and delivery of training, as well as policy 
development and Quality Assurance. Our Internal 
Audit team provides 3rd line oversight of fraud 
prevention activities. The 2nd and 3rd lines provide 
independent reporting to committees of the Board 
on a regular basis.

•  Model	Risk: We define Model risk as the potential 
for adverse consequences arising from decisions 
based on incorrect or misused models and their 
outputs. It can lead to financial loss, reputational 
risk, or incorrect business and strategic decisions. 
Model Risk is viewed by the Bank as a key 
component of ‘Operational risk’. 

  We are compliant with OSFI Guideline E-23: 
Enterprise-Wide Model Risk Management. We have 
a ‘low’ appetite and tolerance for Model risk and 
have implemented the principles set out in this 
Guideline. A Model Risk Policy, Model Validation 
Standard, and Model Validation Procedures are 
in place to ensure the effective identification and 
mitigation of Model Risk. 

•  Technology and Cyber Security: We remain 
focused on the confidentiality, integrity and 
availability of our information and cyber security 
controls that protect our network, data and 
infrastructure. The cyber security risk landscape 
includes numerous cyber threats such as 
hacking threats, identity theft, denial of service, 
and advanced persistent threats. These and 
other cyber threats continue to become more 
sophisticated, complex, and potentially damaging. 
Third party service providers that we use may 
also be subject to these risks which can increase 
our risk of potential attack. We continually assess 
the performance of third-party suppliers against 
industry standards. In addition, we have limited 
control over the safety of our clients’ personal 
devices that may be used to conduct transactions. 
To manage these risks, our defense systems are 
designed as an integral part of both our existing 
Bank infrastructure, and our new architecture and 
development for our digital banking platform. 

  We view cyber risk as a key component of 
Operational Risk and the Bank proactively 
maintains a “defense in depth” strategy with 
developed standards and procedures to prevent, 
detect, respond, manage and address cyber 
security threats from all types of malicious 

attackers that attempt to steal sensitive 
information, cause a system failure or denial 
of service on websites or other types of service 
disruption.

  Our ‘Cyber Security Policy’ and ‘Information and 
IT Security Policy’ establish the requirements and 
set out the overall framework for managing cyber 
and information security related risks across the 
Bank. These include developing and implementing 
the appropriate activities to detect, respond to and 
contain the impact of cyber security threats, along 
with implementing the appropriate safeguards 
to ensure the delivery of critical infrastructure 
services.

  Also, KRI’s have been established to measure, 
monitor, and report this risk to the Board on a 
regular, periodic basis. Furthermore, we also have 
an established IT Roadmap with the objective 
of continuously improving the strength of our 
practices and capabilities. 

  We work closely with our critical cyber security and 
software suppliers to ensure that our technology 
capabilities remain cyber resilient and effective 
in the event of any unforeseen cyber-attack. 
Our internal teams receive daily cyber security 
updates, rehearse incident table-top exercises, 
and take specialized training in an effort to thwart 
current and evolving cyber threats. 

  Risks are actively managed through information 
security management programs which include 
regular vulnerability assessments conducted 
by qualified 3rd parties on an annual basis, 
completion of the OSFI Cyber Security Self-
Assessment and continuous improvements to the 
Bank’s security and change management practices 
based on best practices from recognized industry 
associations. 

  The Bank has not experienced any material cyber 
security breaches and has not incurred any 
material expenses with respect to the remediation 
of such cyber events.

  Security risks continue to be actively monitored 
and reviewed, leveraging the expertise of the 
Bank’s service providers and vendors, reviewing 
industry best practices and regularly re-assessing 
controls in place to mitigate the risks identified.

Page. 70   

•  Data	Management	and	Privacy	Risk:	The use 

•  Third	Party	Risk: Third party suppliers are 

and management of data and its governance are 
becoming increasingly important as we continue to 
invest in digital solutions and innovation, the move 
of our core banking system to the cloud and the 
ongoing expansion of business activities. There are 
regulatory compliance risks associated with data 
management and privacy as well, which form part 
of the Bank’s Regulatory Compliance Management 
Program as discussed in the Legal and Regulatory 
Risk section below. We have established a 
dedicated Enterprise Data Management team to 
ensure we effectively address current and future 
data needs (quality, security, integrity), and that we 
are positioned to address emerging requirements 
from a data management planning and governance 
perspective.

• 	Environmental	and	Social	Risk: Environmental 
risk is the possibility of loss of strategic, financial, 
operational or reputational value resulting from 
the impact of environmental issues or concerns, 
including climate change, and related social risk. 
The Bank may be exposed to environmental 
risks both through emerging regulatory and legal 
requirements, disruptions to its operations and 
services, the products and services that it provides 
to its customers, as well as through its customers 
themselves. To manage this risk, we evaluate 
environmental factors as part of our underwriting 
process. We consider the environmental risk 
associated with Single Family residential lending 
to be low so do not conduct environmental 
assessments for each of those loans. For the 
majority of our commercial loan portfolio, we 
employ third-party consultants to carry out detailed 
environmental assessments. We also maintain 
a diversified lending portfolio, which improves 
our resilience to geographic or sectoral specific 
environmental developments or events. The Bank is 
committed to reducing its environmental footprint. 
During the year, the Bank participated in disclosing 
its 2019 climate change related information to CDP 
(formerly known as Carbon Disclosure Project). 

  We consider this risk to be a component of 
Operational risk. We conduct analyses of this risk 
at periodic intervals to determine its potential 
impact on the Bank’s assets in certain geographical 
regions which are prone to such disasters, 
including an extensive stress test on earthquake 
risk. Based on the results of these stress tests, 
refinements are made to our RAF, where 
considered appropriate and prudent.

integral to the Bank’s business operations and the 
Bank has designed a program to provide oversight 
for third party relationships. Our approach to 
third party risk mitigation is outlined in policies 
and procedures that establish the minimum 
requirements for identifying and managing risks 
throughout the engagement life cycle with a third 
party. Performance monitoring and due diligence 
reviews are conducted on a regular basis. A higher 
level of due diligence is focused on our material 
arrangements to ensure that service levels are 
met, and that their system of controls is adequate. 
Outsourcing arrangements are reviewed on a 
regular (annual) basis to assess materiality, and 
to ensure regulatory requirements (i.e. OSFI B-10 
Outsourcing Guideline) are met. We continue to 
evolve and improve our capabilities in this area, 
and with ever increasing reliance on external 
technology services, we expect that third party 
risk management will be subject to increased 
levels of regulation in the coming years.

Operational	risk	loss	events

The Bank has a process and procedures in place for 
monitoring and reporting operational losses as well 
as near miss events. A near miss is an event that 
otherwise meets the definition of an operational 
loss event, but for which no financial loss has 
been incurred, not because of effective control 
but because of fortuitous circumstances. Our 
established processes include completing root cause 
analysis and action plans for loss and near miss 
events within defined thresholds. This helps ensure 
that actions are taken to mitigate future recurrence 
and potential negative impacts to financial, 
regulatory compliance, or to the image/ reputation 
of the bank. During 2020, we did not experience any 
material operational risk loss events.

Legal	and	regulatory	risk

Legal and Regulatory Risk is defined as the 
possibility that a loss could result from exposure 
to fines, penalties, or punitive damages from civil 
litigations, contractual obligations, criminal or 
supervisory actions, as well as private settlements; 
and from not complying with regulatory 
requirements, regulatory changes or regulators’ 
expectations.

In accordance with our Board-approved RAF, we 
have a ‘low’ appetite and a ‘low’ tolerance for Legal 
and Regulatory risk. We undertake reasonable and 
prudent measures designed to achieve compliance 

Page. 71   

with governing laws and regulations; this includes 
the Bank’s Regulatory Compliance Management 
(RCM) Program – which is designed to identify 
and manage our continuously evolving legal and 
regulatory requirements. We also undertake 
reasonable and prudent measures designed to 
achieve compliance with governing laws and 
regulations, and promote a strong culture of 
compliance management across the organization. 
The Bank’s business units are engaged in the 
identification and proactive management 
of our legal and regulatory risks, while the 
Compliance, Legal, Anti-Money Laundering and 
Risk Management teams assist them by providing 
ongoing guidance and oversight. Management of 
these risks also includes the timely escalation of 
issues to senior management and to the Board.

The Bank’s RCM Program provides us with a 
control framework to manage and mitigate our 
exposure to regulatory risk – consistent with all 
applicable Canadian regulatory expectations, such 
as those mandated by OSFI, the CDIC, FINTRAC, and 
Financial Consumer Agency of Canada (FCAC). 

Business	and	strategic	risk

Business and Strategic risk is defined as the 
possibility that we could experience material losses 
or reputational damage as a result of our business 
plans and/or strategies, the implementation of 
those strategies, or the failure to properly respond 
to changes in the external business environment. 
Business and Strategic risk management includes 
the following components:

•  Competitive	Risk: Competitive risk is the risk 

of an inability to build or maintain a sustainable 
competitive advantage in a given market or 
markets, and includes potential for loss of the 
market share due to competitors offering superior 
products or services. Competitive risks can arise 
from within or outside the financial sector, from 
traditional or non-traditional competitors. The 
banking business is highly competitive and the 
Bank’s products compete with those offered 
by other banks, trust companies, insurance 
companies, and other financial services companies 
in the jurisdictions in which it operates. Many of 
these companies are strongly capitalized and hold 
a larger share of the Canadian banking market. 
There is always a risk that there will be new 
entrants in the market with more efficient systems 
and operations that could impact our lending or 
deposit-taking market share.

  We do not use proprietary retail branches to 
originate deposits or loan exposures. Deposits are 
raised directly through our online digital platform. 
Additionally, we rely primarily on business conducted 
on behalf of investing clients by members of the 
Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of 
Canada (IIRO”), the Registered Deposit Brokers 
Association (RDBA) and the Mutual Fund Dealer 
Association (MFDA) to distribute our deposit 
products. Lending exposure originations depend 
on a network of independent mortgage and lease 
brokers, brokerage firms and mortgage banking 
organizations. Under adverse circumstances, it may 
be difficult to attract enough new deposits from 
agents or lending business from brokers to meet 
our current operating requirements. The potential 
failure to sustain or increase current levels of 
deposits or lending originations from these sources 
could negatively affect the financial condition and 
operating results of the Bank. 

• 	Systemic	Risk:	Systemic risk is a risk that the 
financial system as a whole, or major part of 
it, may collapse with the likelihood of material 
damage to the economy, resulting in financial, legal, 
operational, and reputational risks for the Bank. 

  The Bank significantly operates in Canada and 
deposits its monies with other Banks that are AAA 
or higher rated. An event of systemic crisis may 
result in higher unemployment and lower family 
income, corporate earnings, business investment 
and consumer spending and could adversely affect 
the demand for our loan products resulting in 
higher provisions for credit losses. 

The Bank’s Board has approved a ‘low-to-medium’ 
appetite and tolerance for Business and Strategic 
risk. We believe that this risk is best managed via 
a robust and dynamic annual strategic planning 
process that includes establishing Board-approved 
business growth strategies and quantifiable 
performance targets for each business segment 
over the forthcoming three-to-five year period. 
Management of this risk also includes regular 
monitoring of actual versus forecasted performance 
and an effective internal monitoring and reporting 
process – to the ERM Committee and the Board.

Reputational	risk

Reputational risk is the possibility that current 
and potential customers, counterparties, analysts, 
shareholders, investors, regulators or others will 

 
Page. 72   

have an adverse opinion of the Bank – irrespective 
of whether these opinions are based on facts or 
merely public perception. Such an event could 
result in potential losses to the Bank arising from a 
decline in business volumes, challenges accessing 
funding markets, or increased funding costs. 

In accordance with our Board-approved RAF, 
our appetite and tolerance for Reputational risk 
both remain ‘low’ and the Bank believes that the 
pursuit of our long-term goals requires the proper 

Updated share information

At February 22, 2021, the Bank had 16,903,254 
common shares and 2,988,900 non-cumulative 
5-year rate reset preferred shares issued and 
outstanding. In addition, there were 587,144 

conduct of our business activities in accordance 
with our established Code of Conduct and business 
principles, as well as with all applicable laws and 
regulations. The Bank also maintains a Board-
approved Reputational Risk Management Policy 
which, along with related compliance policies and 
procedures and our ERM practices, is sufficiently 
designed to identify, assess and manage the 
reputational and other non-financial considerations 
present within the Bank’s business.

unexercised stock options, which are, or will 
be, exercisable to purchase common shares for 
maximum proceeds of $39.7 million.

Disclosure controls and procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed 
to provide reasonable assurance that all relevant 
information is accumulated and communicated 
to senior management, including the President 
and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial 
Officer, on a timely basis to enable appropriate 
decisions to be made regarding public disclosure. 

We have evaluated the effectiveness of the Bank’s 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in the 
rules of the Canadian Securities Administrators) as 
of December 31, 2020. Based on that evaluation, we 
have concluded that these disclosure controls and 
procedures were effective.

Internal control over financial reporting

Our Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
framework is designed to provide reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with IFRS. We have 
evaluated the design and operational effectiveness 
of the Bank’s Internal Controls over Financial 
Reporting as of December 31, 2020 to provide 
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting. This evaluation was conducted 

in accordance with the Integrated (2013) Framework 
published by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), 
a recognized control model, and the requirements 
of National Instrument 52-109 of the Canadian 
Securities Administrators. Based on this evaluation, 
we have concluded that the Bank’s Internal Controls 
over Financial Reporting were effective as of 
December 31, 2020.

Page. 73   

Changes in internal control over 
financial reporting

There were no changes in the Bank’s internal control over financial 
reporting that occurred during the 2020 that have materially affected, or 
are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Bank’s internal control over 
financial reporting.

Non-Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles (GAAP) financial measures

We use a variety of financial measures to evaluate the Bank’s 
performance. In addition to GAAP prescribed measures, we use 
certain non-GAAP measures that it believes provide useful information 
to investors regarding the Bank’s financial condition and results of 
operations. Readers are cautioned that non-GAAP measures often do 
not have any standardized meaning, and therefore, are unlikely to be 
comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. The 
primary non-GAAP measures used in this MD&A are:

•  Adjusted results: in periods where we determine that non-recurring 
or unusual items will have a significant impact on a user’s assessment 
of business performance, the Bank may present adjusted results in 
addition to reported results by removing the non-recurring or unusual 
items from the reported results. We believe that adjusted results, if 
any, can to some extent enhance comparability between reporting 
periods or provide the reader with a better understanding of how 
we view the Bank’s performance. Adjusted results are also intended 
to provide the user with greater consistency and comparability to 
other financial institutions. Adjustments that remove non-recurring 
or unusual items from net income will affect the calculation of other 
measures such as adjusted ROE and adjusted EPS. 

Page. 74   

Reconciliation of Adjusted net income, adjusted net income available to common shareholders and Adjusted 
ROE

($000s, except percentages)

For the years ended

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

Change

31-Dec-18

Change

Net income

223,804

206,479

8%

165,626

35%

shareholders

214,504

207,199

Adjusted weighted average common equity

1,481,361

1,303,174

Adjustments on an after-tax basis:

Provision for credit losses on equipment 
leases at Bennington’s acquisition date

Fair value adjustments related to securities 
and derivatives

Backstop funding facility write-down

Adjusted net income

Dividends on preferred shares

Adjusted net income available to common 

Adjusted ROE

($000s, except percentages)

Net income

Adjustments on an after-tax basis:

Fair value adjustments related to securities 

and derivatives

Adjusted net income

Dividends on preferred shares

Adjusted net income available to common 

-

4,226

N/A

-

N/A

(4,823)

1,185

(507%)

-

-

218,981

211,890

4,477

4,691

2,829

4,323

172,778

4,763

168,015

1,143,427

(270%)

N/A

27%

(6%)

28%

30%

N/A

3%

(5%)

4%

14%

14.5%

15.9%

(1.4%)

14.7%

(0.2%)

For the three months ended

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

Change

31-Dec-19

Change

71,424

73,928

(3%)

55,854

28%

(2,560)

68,864

1,120

(3,018)

70,910

1,119

15%

(3%)

0%

(3%)

5%

191

(1,440%)

56,045

1,118

54,927

1,366,616

23%

0%

23%

12%

shareholders

67,744

69,791

Adjusted weighted average common equity

1,536,634

1,462,444

Adjusted ROE

17.5%

19.0%

(1.5%)

15.9%

(1.6%)

Reconciliation of Adjusted EPS – diluted

($ per share amounts)

For the years ended

EPS – diluted

Adjustments on an after-tax basis:

Provision for credit losses on equipment 
leases at Bennington’s acquisition date

Fair value adjustments related to securities 
and derivatives

Backstop funding facility write-down

Adjusted EPS – diluted

($ per share amounts)

EPS – diluted

Adjustments on an after-tax basis:

Fair value adjustments related to preferred 

shares and derivatives

Adjusted EPS – diluted

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

Change

31-Dec-18

Change

12.95

11.97

8%

9.67

34%

-

0.26

N/A

-

N/A

(0.29)

-

12.66

0.06

(583%)

-

12.29

N/A

3%

0.17

0.26

10.10

(271%)

N/A

25%

For the three months ended

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

Change

31-Dec-19

Change

4.13

4.30

(4%)

3.21

29%

(0.15)

3.98

(0.17)

4.13

12%

(4%)

0.01

(1,600%)

3.22

24%

Page. 75   

Reconciliation of Adjusted Efficiency Ratio

($000s, except percentages)

For the years ended

Non-interest expenses

Revenue

Adjustments on a pre-tax basis:

Fair value adjustments related to securities 

and derivatives

Backstop funding facility write-down

Adjusted net revenue

Adjusted Efficiency Ratio

($000s, except percentages)

Non-interest expenses

Revenue

Adjustments on a pre-tax basis:

Fair value adjustments related to securities 

and derivatives

Adjusted net revenue

Adjusted Efficiency Ratio

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

Change

31-Dec-18

Change

214,060

556,833

199,573

497,064

7%

12%

149,363

376,040

43%

48%

(6,562)

1,613

(507%)

-

-

550,271

498,677

N/A

10%

38.9%

40.0%

(1.1%)

3,849

5,881

385,770

38.7%

(270%)

N/A

43%

0.2%

For the three months ended

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

Change

31-Dec-19

Change

55,348

151,950

 53,065

148,708

4%

2%

54,477

134,180

2%

13%

(3,483)

(4,106)

148,467

144,602

37.3%

36.7%

15%

3%

0.6%

259

(1,445%)

134,439

10%

40.5%

(3.2%)

•  Assets Under Management (AUM): is the sum of total assets reported on the consolidated balance sheet 

and loan principal derecognized but still managed by the Bank.

($000s, except percentages)

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

Change

31-Dec-18

Change

Total assets on the consolidated balance sheet

30,746,318

28,392,452

8%

25,037,145

Loan principal derecognized

Assets Under Management

5,189,264

4,612,901

12%

4,373,854

35,935,582

33,005,353

9% 29,410,999

23%

19%

22%

•  Book	value	per	common	share: is calculated by dividing common shareholders’ equity by the number of 

common shares outstanding.

($000s, except share and per share amounts)

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

Change

31-Dec-18

Change

Shareholders’ equity

Preferred shares

Common shareholders’ equity

1,647,702

1,467,714

(72,477)

(72,557)

1,575,225

1,395,157

12%

0%

13%

1,280,027

(72,557)

1,207,470

Common shares outstanding

16,874,074

16,797,593

0% 16,554,018

Book value per common share

93.35

83.06

12%

72.94

29%

0%

30%

2%

28%

Page. 76   

• Capital ratios:

•  CET1 Ratio: this key measure of capital strength is defined as CET1 Capital as a percentage of total RWA. 

This ratio is calculated for the Bank in accordance with the guidelines issued by OSFI. CET1 Capital is 
defined as shareholders’ equity plus any qualifying other non-controlling interest in subsidiaries less 
preferred shares issued and outstanding, any goodwill, other intangible assets and cash flow hedge 
reserve components of accumulated other comprehensive income. 

•  Tier	1	and	Total	Capital	Ratios: these adequacy ratios are calculated for the Bank, in accordance with 
the guidelines issued by OSFI by dividing Tier 1 or Total Capital by total RWA. Tier 1 Capital is calculated 
by adding non-cumulative preferred shares to CET1 Capital. Tier 2 Capital is equal to the sum of the 
Bank’s eligible Stage 1 and 2 allowance. Total Capital equals to Tier 1 plus Tier 2 Capital. 

•  Leverage Ratio: this measure is calculated by dividing Tier 1 Capital by an exposure measure. The 

exposure measure consists of total assets (excluding items deducted from Tier 1 Capital) and certain off-
balance sheet items converted into credit exposure equivalents. Adjustments are also made to derivatives 
and secured financing transactions to reflect credit and other risks.

A detailed calculation of all Capital ratios can be found in Table 17 of this MD&A.

•  Dividend Yield: is calculated on an annualized basis and is defined as dividend per common share divided 

by average of daily closing price per common share for the period.

•  Economic value of shareholders’ equity (EVE): is a calculation of the present value of the Bank’s asset 

cash flows, less the present value of liability cash flows on an after-tax basis. EVE is a more comprehensive 
measure of our exposure to interest rate changes than is in net interest income because it captures all 
interest rate mismatches across all terms.

•  Efficiency	Ratio: this measure is used to assess the efficiency of the Bank’s cost structure in terms of 

revenue generation. This ratio is derived by dividing non-interest expenses by revenue. A lower efficiency 
ratio reflects a more efficient cost structure. 

($000s, except percentages)

For the years ended

Non-interest expenses

Revenue

Efficiency Ratio

Non-interest expenses

Revenue

Efficiency Ratio

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

Change

31-Dec-18

Change

214,060

556,833

38.4%

199,573

497,064

7%

12%

149,363

376,040

43%

48%

40.2%

(1.8%)

39.7%

(1.3%)

For the three months ended

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

Change

31-Dec-19

Change

55,348

151,950

36.4%

53,065

148,708

4%

2%

54,477

134,180

2%

13%

35.7%

0.7%

40.6%

(4.2%)

•  Liquid assets: is a measure of the Bank’s cash or assets that can be readily converted into cash, which are 
held for the purposes of funding loans, deposit maturities, and the ability to collect other receivables and 
settle other obligations. A detailed calculation can be found in Table 15 of this MD&A.

•  Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR): this ratio, calculated according to OSFI’s Liquidity Adequacy Requirements, 

measures the Bank’s ability to meet its liquidity needs for a 30 calendar day liquidity stress scenario. It is 
equal to high-quality liquid assets divided by total net cash outflows over the next 30 calendar days.

•  Loans Under Management (LUM): is the sum of loan principal reported on the consolidated balance sheet 
and loan principal derecognized but still managed by the Bank. A detailed calculation can be found in Table 
8 of this MD&A.

•  Net interest margin (NIM): this profitability measure is calculated on an annualized basis by dividing net 
interest income by the average total interest earning assets for the period. A detailed calculation can be 
found in Tables 2 and 19 of this MD&A. 

•  Operating	leverage: is the growth rate in revenue less the growth rate in non-interest expenses. 
•  Pre-provision	pre-tax	income: is the difference between revenue and non-interest expenses.
• 	Provision	for	credit	losses	(PCL)	–	rate: this credit quality metric is calculated on an annualized basis and 

is defined as the provision for credit losses as a percentage of average loan principal outstanding during the 
period.

 
 
 
Page. 77   

($000s, except percentages)

For the years ended

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

Change

31-Dec-18

Change

Provision for credit losses

42,280

18,394

130%

2,083

1,930%

Divided by: average loan principal

27,333,853

25,187,572

9% 21,320,697

Provision for credit losses – rate

0.15%

0.07%

0.08%

0.01%

28%

0.14%

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

Change

Dec-31-19

Change

For the three months ended

Provision for credit losses

103

(2,357)

104%

3,917

(97%)

Divided by: average loan principal

27,822,176

27,556,438

1%

26,181,101

6%

Provision for credit losses – rate

0.001%

(0.03%)

0.03%

0.06%

(0.06%)

•  Return on shareholders’ equity (ROE): this profitability measure is calculated on an annualized basis 

and is defined as net income available to common shareholders as a percentage of the weighted average 
common equity outstanding during the period. 

($000s, except percentages)

For the years ended

31-Dec-20

31-Dec-19

Change

31-Dec-18

Change

Net income available to common shareholders

219,327

201,788

Weighted average common equity outstanding

1,483,772

1,300,468

9%

14%

160,863

1,139,851

Return on shareholders’ equity 

14.8%

15.5%

(0.7%)

14.1%

36%

30%

0.7%

31-Dec-20

30-Sep-20

Change

31-Dec-19

Change

For the three months ended

Net income available to common shareholders

70,304

72,809

(3%)

54,736

Weighted average common equity outstanding

1,537,914

1,463,953

5%

1,366,521

Return on shareholders’ equity 

18.2%

19.8%

(1.6%)

15.9%

28%

13%

2.3%

•		Risk-weighted	assets	(RWA): represents the Bank’s assets and off-balance sheet exposures, weighted 

according to risk as prescribed by OSFI under the CAR Guideline. A detailed calculation can be found in Table 
18 of this MD&A.

•  Total shareholder return (TSR): is defined as total return of stock to an investor including stock 

appreciation and dividends.

•		Revenue	per	full-time	employee: is calculated as revenue for the period divided by the number of full-time 

employees as at the end of that period.

Page. 78   

Reports and consolidated financial statements

Reports

79 

 Management’s Responsibility for Financial 
Reporting

80 

Independent Auditors’ Report

Consolidated Financial Statements

84  Consolidated Balance Sheets

85  Consolidated Statements of Income

86 

87 

 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive 
Income

 Consolidated Statements of Changes in 
Shareholders’ Equity

88  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

89  Note 1 – Reporting Entity

125  Note 13 – Other Assets

89  Note 2 – Basis of Preparation

126  Note 14 – Deposits

90  Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies

126  Note 15 – Income Taxes

104  Note 4 – Risk Management

128  Note 16 – Other Liabilities

104  Note 5 – Financial Instruments

128  Note 17 – Bank Facilities

108 

 Note 6 – Cash and Cash Equivalents and 
Restricted Cash

109 

 Note 7 – Securities Purchased Under Reverse 
Repurchase Agreements

109  Note 8 – Investments 

110  Note 9 – Loans Receivable

115  Note 10 – Derecognition of Financial Assets

118  Note 11 – Derivative Financial Instruments

123 

 Note 12 – Offsetting Financial Assets and 
Financial Liabilities

128  Note 18 – Shareholders’ Equity

130  Note 19 – Stock-based Compensation

133  Note 20 – Earnings Per Share

133  Note 21 – Capital Management

134  Note 22 – Commitments and Contingencies

135  Note 23 – Related Party Transactions

136  Note 24 – Interest Rate Sensitivity

137  Note 25 – BusinessCombination

Page. 79   

Management’s responsibility for 
financial reporting 

The consolidated financial statements of Equitable Group Inc., the (Bank), 
are prepared by management, which is responsible for the integrity and 
fairness of the information presented. The information provided herein, 
in the opinion of management, has been prepared, within reasonable 
limits of materiality, using appropriate accounting policies that are in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) as 
well as the accounting requirements of the Office of the Superintendent 
of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI) as these apply to its subsidiary, 
Equitable Bank. The consolidated financial statements reflect amounts 
which must, of necessity, be based on informed judgments and estimates 
of the expected effects of current events and transactions.

Management maintains and monitors a system of internal control to 
meet its responsibility for the integrity of the consolidated financial 
statements. These controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance 
that the Bank’s consolidated assets are safeguarded, that transactions are 
executed in accordance with management’s authorization and that the 
financial records form a reliable base for the preparation of accurate and 
timely financial information. Management also administers a program 
of ethical business conduct, which includes quality standards in hiring 
and training employees, written policies and a written corporate code of 
conduct. Management responsibility also includes maintaining adequate 
accounting records and an effective system of risk management. 

The Board of Directors of the Bank, the (Board), oversees management’s 
responsibility for the consolidated financial statements through the 
Audit Committee. The Audit Committee conducts a detailed review of the 
consolidated financial statements with management and internal and 
external auditors before recommending their approval to the Board. 

The Bank’s subsidiary, Equitable Bank, is a Schedule I Bank under the 
Bank Act (Canada) and is regulated by OSFI. On a regular basis, OSFI 
conducts an examination to assess the operations of Equitable Bank and 
its compliance with statutory requirements and sound business practices.

KPMG LLP has been appointed as external auditors by the 
shareholders to examine the consolidated financial statements of 
the Bank in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing 
standards. The external auditors are responsible for reporting on 
whether the consolidated financial statements are fairly presented 
in accordance with IFRS. The auditors have unrestricted access to 
and periodically meet with the Audit Committee, with and without 
management present, to discuss their audits and related matters.

Andrew	Moor 
President and Chief Executive Officer

Chadwick	Westlake 
Chief Financial Officer

February 22, 2021

Page. 80   

Independent auditors’ report

To the Shareholders of Equitable Group Inc.

Key Audit Matters

Opinion

We have audited the consolidated financial 
statements of Equitable Group Inc. (the Entity), 
which comprise:

•  the consolidated balance sheets as at December 

31, 2020 and December 31, 2019;

•  the consolidated statements of income and 
comprehensive income for the years then 
ended;

•  the consolidated statements of changes in 

shareholders’ equity for the years then ended;
•  the consolidated statements of cash flows for 

the years then ended;

•  and notes to the consolidated financial 

statements, including a summary of significant 
accounting policies.

(Hereinafter referred to as the “financial 
statements”).

In our opinion, the accompanying financial 
statements present fairly, in all material respects, 
the consolidated financial position of the Entity 
as at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, 
and its consolidated financial performance and its 
consolidated cash flows for the years then ended in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS).

Basis	for	Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with 
Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. 
Our responsibilities under those standards 
are further described in the “Auditors’ 
Responsibilities	for	the	Audit	of	the	Financial	
Statements” section of our auditors’ report.

We are independent of the Entity in accordance 
with the ethical requirements that are relevant to 
our audit of the financial statements in Canada and 
we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our 
professional judgment, were of most significance 
in our audit of the financial statements for the 
year ended December 31, 2020. These matters 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters.

We have determined the matter described below to 
be the key audit matter to be communicated in our 
auditors’ report.

Assessment of the allowance for credit losses for 
loans

Description	of	the	matter

We draw your attention to Notes 2(d), 3(a)(ii) and 9(d) 
to the financial statements. The Entity’s allowance for 
credit losses (ACL) for loans is $66,177 thousand. The 
Entity’s ACL is estimated using statistical models that 
involve a number of inputs and assumptions. ACL is 
calculated using an expected credit loss (ECL) model 
which measures the credit losses using a three-stage 
approach based on the extent of credit deterioration 
of the financial assets since initial recognition. 
Probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) 
are inputs used to estimate ECL and are modelled 
using forward-looking macroeconomic variables that 
are closely related with credit losses in the relevant 
portfolios, and are probability weighted using five 
macroeconomic scenarios.

Management exercises significant judgement in 
determining:

•  whether there has been a significant increase in 

credit risk since initial recognition

•  the forward-looking macroeconomic variables 

that are relevant for each portfolio 

•  probability weights that are applied to the 

macroeconomic scenarios

•  the amount of ECL by exercising experienced 
credit judgement in considering reasonable 
and supportable information not already 
incorporated in models (hereafter, referred to 
as ‘overlays’) 

Page. 81   

In addition, as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic, 
the economic environment experienced significant 
volatility and uncertainty. This had a direct impact 
on forward-looking macroeconomic variables, 
probability weights and overlays.

Why	the	matter	is	a	key	audit	matter

We identified the assessment of the ACL for loans 
as a key audit matter. Significant auditor judgement 
was required because of the use of complex models 
and there is a higher degree of measurement 
uncertainty due to the significant judgements 
described above, including the impact of the 
Covid-19 pandemic. Assessing the ACL for loans 
required significant auditor effort and specialized 
skills and knowledge to apply audit procedures and 
evaluate the results of those procedures.

How	the	matter	was	addressed	in	the	audit

The following were the primary procedures we 
performed to address this key audit matter. We 
evaluated the design and tested the operating 
effectiveness of certain controls over the Entity’s 
ACL process with the involvement of credit risk and 
economics professionals with specialized skills and 
knowledge. This included controls related to:

•  monitoring of the models used to derive the PD 

and LGD inputs 

•  monitoring of the methodology for identifying 

whether there has been a significant increase in 
credit risk

•  the review of the forward-looking 

macroeconomic variables that were relevant for 
each portfolio and probability weights that were 
applied to the macroeconomic scenarios 

•  the review of overlays adjusting the modeled 

results. 

We involved credit risk and economics 
professionals with specialized skills and knowledge 
who assisted in evaluating: 

•  The models for determining PD and LGD by 

assessing the model monitoring methodology 
and checking the accuracy of quantitative 
measures, where applicable 

•  The methodology used to determine a 

significant increase in credit risk by assessing 
the methodology for compliance with IFRS 9 and 
checking the accuracy of quantitative measures, 
where applicable 

•  The forward-looking macroeconomic variables 

that were relevant to each portfolio by 
comparing against external macroeconomic data 

•  The probability weights that were applied to 
the macroeconomic scenarios through the 
application of our knowledge of the economy 

•  The overlays adjusting the modeled results 

through the application of our industry 
knowledge and relevant experience.

Other Information

Management is responsible for the other 
information. Other information comprises:

•  the information included in Management’s 

Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant 
Canadian Securities Commissions; and
•  the information, other than the financial 

statements and the auditors’ report thereon, 
included in a document likely to be entitled 
“Annual Report”.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not 
cover the other information and we do not and 
will not express any form of assurance conclusion 
thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial 
statements, our responsibility is to read the 
other information identified above and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information 
is materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit 
and remain alert for indications that the other 
information appears to be materially misstated.

We obtained the information included in 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with 
the relevant Canadian Securities Commissions as 
at the date of this auditors’ report. If, based on the 
work we have performed on this other information, 
we conclude that there is a material misstatement 
of this other information, we are required to report 
that fact in the auditors’ report.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

The information, other than the financial 
statements and the auditors’ report thereon 
and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis, 
included in a document likely to be entitled “Annual 
Report” is expected to be made available to us after 
the date of this auditors’ report. If, based on the 
work we will perform on this other information, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required to report 
that fact to those charged with governance.

 
Page. 82   

Responsibilities	of	Management	and	Those	
Charged	with	Governance	for	the	Financial	
Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation 
and fair presentation of the financial statements in 
accordance with IFRS, and for such internal control as 
management determines is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, management 
is responsible for assessing the Entity’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, 
matters related to going concern and using the going 
concern basis of accounting unless management 
either intends to liquidate the Entity or to cease 
operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance are responsible for 
overseeing the Entity’s financial reporting process.

Auditors’	Responsibilities	for	the	Audit	of	the	
Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the financial statements as a whole 
are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report 
that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted 
in accordance with Canadian generally accepted 
auditing standards will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and 
are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of users taken on 
the basis of the financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with Canadian 
generally accepted auditing standards, we exercise 
professional judgment and maintain professional 
skepticism throughout the audit.

We also:

•  Identify and assess the risks of material 

misstatement of the financial statements, 
whether due to fraud or error, design and 
perform audit procedures responsive to those 
risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion.

   The risk of not detecting a material 

misstatement resulting from fraud is higher 
than for one resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal 
control.

•  Obtain an understanding of internal control 
relevant to the audit in order to design audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the 
circumstances, but not for the purpose of 
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the 
Entity’s internal control.

•  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting 
policies used and the reasonableness of 
accounting estimates and related disclosures 
made by management.

•  Conclude on the appropriateness of 

management’s use of the going concern basis 
of accounting and, based on the audit evidence 
obtained, whether a material uncertainty 
exists related to events or conditions that may 
cast significant doubt on the Entity’s ability to 
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that 
a material uncertainty exists, we are required 
to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the 
related disclosures in the financial statements or, 
if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our 
opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit 
evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ 
report. However, future events or conditions 
may cause the Entity to cease to continue as a 
going concern.

•  Evaluate the overall presentation, structure 

and content of the financial statements, 
including the disclosures, and whether the 
financial statements represent the underlying 
transactions and events in a manner that 
achieves fair presentation.

•  Communicate with those charged with 

governance regarding, among other matters, 
the planned scope and timing of the audit 
and significant audit findings, including any 
significant deficiencies in internal control that we 
identify during our audit.

•  Provide those charged with governance with a 
statement that we have complied with relevant 
ethical requirements regarding independence, 
and communicate with them all relationships 
and other matters that may reasonably be 
thought to bear on our independence, and 
where applicable, related safeguards.

 
 
 
Page. 83   

•  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information 
of the entities or business activities within the Entity to express an opinion on 
the financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and 
performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit 
opinion.

•  Determine, from the matters communicated with those charged with governance, 

those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We 
describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes 
public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, 
we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our auditors’ report 
because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to 
outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this auditors’ report is Steven 
Watts. 

Toronto, Canada

February 22, 2021

 
 
 
Page. 84   

Consolidated balance sheets

($000s) As at December 31

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

Investments 

Loans – Personal(1)

Loans – Commercial

Securitization retained interests

Other assets

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

Liabilities:

 Deposits

 Securitization liabilities

 Obligations under repurchase agreements

 Deferred tax liabilities

 Other liabilities

Shareholders' Equity:

 Preferred shares

 Common shares

 Contributed surplus

 Retained earnings

 Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Note

2020

2019

6

6

7

8

9,10

9,10

10

13

14

10

10

15

16

18

18

19

 557,743

 504,039

 450,203

 589,876

 19,445,386

 8,826,182

 184,844

 188,045

 508,853

 462,992

 150,069

 362,611

 18,359,805

 8,248,025

 139,009

 161,088

30,746,318

28,392,452

 16,585,043

 11,991,964

 251,877

 60,880

 208,852

 15,442,207

 10,706,956

 507,044

 54,689

 213,842

 29,098,616

 26,924,738

 72,477

 218,166

 8,092

 1,387,919

 (38,952)

 1,647,702

 72,557

 213,277

 6,973

 1,193,493

 (18,586)

 1,467,714

 30,746,318

 28,392,452

David LeGresley 
Chair of the Board

Andrew	Moor 
President and Chief Executive Officer

(1) The Bank has changed the title of one of its Loan product from “Loans – Retail” to “Loans – Personal”. This change is to align the 
naming convention used internally by the business. There is no change to the numbers being reported under these line items. See 
accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Page. 85   

Consolidated statements of income

($000s, except per share amounts) Years ended December 31

Note

2020

2019

Interest income:

Loans – Personal

Loans – Commercial

Investments

Other

Interest expense:

Deposits

Securitization liabilities

Bank facilities

Other

Net interest income

Non-interest income (1):

Fees and other income

Net gain (loss) on loans and investments

Gains on securitization activities and income from 

securitization retained interests

Revenue

Provision for credit losses

Revenue after provision for credit losses

Non-interest expenses:

Compensation and benefits

Other

Income before income taxes

Income taxes:

Current

Deferred 

Net income

Dividends on preferred shares

Net income available to common shareholders

Earnings per share

 Basic

 Diluted

 690,865

 401,917

 12,388

 16,495

 685,964

 395,860

 8,671

 26,315

1,121,665

 1,116,810

 364,047

 250,690

 5,355

 4,167

 624,259

 497,406

 22,589

 7,221

 29,617

 59,427

 556,833

 42,280

 514,553

 108,185

 105,875

 214,060

 300,493

 70,498

 6,191

 76,689

 223,804

4,477

219,327

 13.04

 12.95

 385,197

 256,364

 7,319

 5,282

 654,162

 462,648

 23,855

 (973)

 11,534

 34,416

497,064

 18,394

478,670

 101,651

 97,922

 199,573

 279,097

 73,877

 (1,259)

 72,618

206,479

4,691

201,788

 12.10

 11.97

10

10

9

15

20

(1) Effective January 1, 2020, the Bank has changed the presentation of its non-interest income (refer to Note 2 (f)). Prior year 
presentation has been updated accordingly. See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Page. 86   

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

($000s) Years ended December 31

Net income

Note

2020

223,804

2019

 206,479

Other comprehensive income – items that will be reclassified 

subsequently to income

Debt instruments at Fair Value through Other 

Comprehensive Income:

Net unrealized gains from change in fair value

Reclassification of net gains to income

Other comprehensive income – items that will not be 

reclassified subsequently to income

Equity instruments designated at Fair Value through Other 

Comprehensive Income:

Net unrealized losses from change in fair value

Reclassification of net gains to retained earnings

Income tax recovery

Cash flow hedges:

11

Net unrealized losses from change in fair value

Reclassification of net gains to income

Income tax recovery

Total other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive income

4,350

(1,185)

554

(315)

 (3,411)

 -

 (246)

 64

 (182)

 (27,028)

 (378)

 (27,406)

 7,222

 (20,184)

 (20,366)

 203,438

 (1,320)

 (638)

 (1,719)

 457

 (1,262)

 (894)

 (2,388)

 (3,282)

 874

 (2,408)

 (3,670)

 202,809

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 
Page. 87   

Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity

($000s)

Balance, beginning of 
year

Net income 

Other comprehensive 
loss, net of tax

Exercise of stock 
options

Purchase of treasury 
preferred shares

Net loss on 
cancellation of 
treasury preferred 
shares

Dividends:

Preferred shares

Common shares

Stock-based 
compensation 

Transfer relating to 
the exercise of stock 
options

Preferred	
shares

Common 
shares

Contributed 
surplus

Retained 
earnings

72,557

213,277

6,973

1,193,493

-

-

-

(80)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

4,122

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,886

767

(767)

223,804

-

-

-

(2)

(4,477)

(24,899)

-

-

2020

Accumulated other 
comprehensive	income	(loss)

Cash 
flow	
hedges

Financial 
instruments 
at FVOCI

Total

Total

241

-

(18,827)

(18,586)

1,467,714

-

-

223,804

(20,184)

(182)

(20,366)

(20,366)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

4,122

(80)

(2)

 (4,477)

 (24,899)

1,886

-

Balance, end of year

72,477

218,166

8,092

1,387,919

(19,943)

(19,009)

(38,952)

1,647,702

2019

Balance, beginning of 
year

Cumulative effect of 
adopting IFRS 16(1)

Restated balance as at 
January 1, 2019

Net income 

Transfer of losses 
on sale of equity 
instruments

Other comprehensive 
loss, net of tax

Exercise of stock 
options

Dividends:

Preferred shares

Common shares

Stock-based 
compensation 

Transfer relating to 
the exercise of stock 
options

72,557

200,792

7,035

1,014,559

2,649

(17,565)

(14,916)

1,280,027

-

-

-

(840)

-

-

-

(840)

72,557

200,792

7,035

1,013,719

2,649

(17,565)

(14,916)

1,279,187

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 10,825

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 206,479

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

(469)

 - 

 - 

 (4,691)

 (21,545)

 - 

- 

 - 

-

 - 

 206,479

- 

(469)

(2,408)

 (1,262)

 (3,670)

 (3,670)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 10,825

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (4,691)

 (21,545)

 1,598

 - 

 1,598

 - 

 - 

 - 

 1,660

 (1,660)

Balance, end of year

72,557

213,277

6,973

1,193,493

 241

(18,827)

(18,586)

1,467,714

(1)The Bank adopted IFRS 16 effective January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective approach, with the cumulative effect of initially 
applying the standard recognized in opening retained earnings at the date of initial application. The adjustment of $840 is net of tax. 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Page. 88   

Consolidated statements of cash flows

($000s) Years ended December 31

CASH	FLOWS	FROM	OPERATING	ACTIVITIES

Net income 

Adjustments for non-cash items in net income:

Financial instruments at fair value through income

Amortization of premiums/discount on investments

Amortization of capital assets and intangible costs

Provision for credit losses

Securitization gains

Stock-based compensation

Income taxes 

Securitization retained interests 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Restricted cash

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

2020

2019

223,804

206,479

(3,069)

1,562

22,930

42,280

(28,101)

1,886

76,689

37,251

(41,047)

(300,134)

15,175

2,415

16,999

18,394

(9,888)

1,598

72,618

31,736

(93,317)

99,931

Loans receivable, net of securitizations

(1,751,647)

(2,713,778)

Other assets

Deposits

Securitization liabilities

Obligations under repurchase agreements

Bank facilities

Other liabilities

Income taxes paid

Cash flows from operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from issuance of common shares

Dividends paid on preferred shares 

Dividends paid on common shares 

Cash flows used in financing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of investments

Acquisition of subsidiary

Proceeds on sale or redemption of investments 

Net change in Canada Housing Trust re-investment accounts

Purchase of capital assets and system development costs

Cash flows used in investing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

Cash flows from operating activities include:

Interest received

Interest paid

Dividends received

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

(2,227)

1,132,975

1,283,655

(255,167)

-

(21,980)

(94,481)

325,179

4,122

(4,477) 

(24,899)

(25,254)

(333,002)

-

158,199

(48,446)

(27,786)

(251,035)

48,890

508,853

557,743

 1,098,118

(579,580)

9,447

41,192

1,763,225

1,081,924

165,034

(320,421)

(23,108)

(48,510)

307,698

10,825

(4,691) 

(26,180)

(20,046)

(259,181)

(46,772)

110,519

(39,848)

(20,127)

(255,409)

32,243

476,610

508,853

 1,073,829

(536,734)

6,688

 
 
Page. 89   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

($000s, except per share amounts) 
Note	1	–	Reporting	Entity	

Equitable Group Inc., the (Bank), was formed on 
January 1, 2004 as the parent company of its wholly 
owned subsidiary, Equitable Bank. The Bank is listed 
on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) and domiciled 
in Canada with its registered office located at 30 
St. Clair Avenue West, Suite 700, Toronto, Ontario. 
Equitable Bank is a Schedule I Bank under the Bank 
Act (Canada) and is regulated by the Office of the 
Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada 
(OSFI). Equitable Bank and its subsidiaries offer 
savings and lending products to personal and 
commercial customers across Canada. 

Note	2	–	Basis	of	Preparation

(a) Statement of compliance

The Consolidated Financial Statements of Equitable 
Group Inc. have been prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) and Interpretations issued by the IFRS 
Interpretations Committee, as published by the 
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The consolidated financial statements were 
authorized for issue by the Bank’s Board of 
Directors on February 22, 2021.

(b) Basis of measurement

The consolidated financial statements have been 
prepared on the historical cost basis except for 
the following items which are stated at fair value: 
derivative financial instruments, financial assets 
and liabilities that are classified or designated as 
at fair value through profit and loss and fair value 
through other comprehensive income. 

(c) Functional currency

The functional currency of the Bank and its 
subsidiaries is Canadian dollars, which is also the 
presentation currency of the consolidated financial 
statements.

(d) Use of estimates and accounting judgements in 
applying accounting policies

The preparation of the consolidated financial 
statements requires management to make 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the 

consolidated financial statements and the reported 
amounts of revenue and expenses during the years. 
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed 
by management on an ongoing basis. The critical 
estimates and judgements utilized in preparing the 
Bank’s consolidated financial statements affect the 
assessment of the allowance for credit losses on 
loans, impairment of other financial instruments, 
fair values of financial assets and liabilities, 
derecognition of financial assets transferred in 
securitization transactions, effectiveness of financial 
hedges for accounting purposes, and income taxes. 

In making estimates and judgements, management 
uses external information and observable market 
conditions where possible, supplemented by internal 
analysis as required. These estimates and judgements 
have been made taking into consideration the 
economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the 
significant economic volatility and uncertainty it has 
created. Actual results could differ materially from 
these estimates, in which case the impact would be 
recognized in the consolidated financial statements in 
future periods.

Allowance for credit losses under IFRS 9

The expected credit loss (ECL) model requires 
management to make judgements and estimates 
in a number of areas. Management must exercise 
significant experienced credit judgement in 
determining whether there has been a significant 
increase in credit risk since initial recognition and 
in estimating the amount of ECL. The measurement 
of ECL considers the incorporation of forward-
looking macroeconomic variables and probability 
weightings of macroeconomic scenarios, which 
requires significant judgement. Management also 
exercises significant experienced credit judgement 
in determining the amount of ECL at each reporting 
date by considering reasonable and supportable 
information that is not already incorporated in 
the modelling process. Changes in these inputs, 
assumptions, models, and judgements directly 
impact the measurement of ECL.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the 
macroeconomic environment has experienced 
significant volatility and uncertainty. This has 
resulted in a direct impact on the forward-looking 
macroeconomic variables which management uses 
as part of its underlying assumptions for calculating 

Page. 90   

ECL. Management has used the latest forward-
looking macroeconomic variables provided by 
Moody’s Analytics economic forecasting services 
for calculating ECL. Please refer to note 9(d). 

instrument liabilities include deposits, securitization 
liabilities, obligations under repurchase agreements, 
accounts payable, bank facilities and derivative 
financial instruments.

Recognizing the current economic environment, 
management has also revised the probability-
weights assigned to the macroeconomic scenarios 
and has also exercised its judgement in determining 
the amount of ECL by considering reasonable and 
supportable information that was not already 
incorporated in the ECL modelling process. 

(e) Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements as at and for 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 and 
December 31, 2019 include the assets, liabilities 
and results of operations of the Bank and its 
subsidiaries, after the elimination of intercompany 
transactions and balances. The Bank has control 
over its subsidiaries as it is exposed to and has 
rights to variable returns from its involvement with 
the subsidiaries and it has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power over their relevant activities.

(f) Change in presentation

Effective January 1, 2020, the Bank has changed 
the presentation of its non-interest income in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. In prior years, 
the Bank presented these non-interest incomes 
after provision for credit losses. Non-interest 
income has now been reclassified before provision 
for credit losses. As a result of this change the Bank 
now presents Total Revenue. 

Note	3	–	Significant	Accounting	Policies	

The following note describes the Bank’s significant 
accounting policies. These accounting policies have 
been applied consistently to all periods presented 
in these consolidated financial statements. 

(a) Financial instruments

The Bank’s consolidated balance sheet consists 
primarily of financial instruments and the majority 
of net income is derived from income and expenses, 
as well as gains and losses related to the respective 
financial instruments.

Financial instrument assets include cash and cash 
equivalents, restricted cash, securities purchased 
under reverse repurchase agreements, investments, 
loans receivable – personal, loans receivable – 
commercial, securitization retained interests 
and derivative financial instruments. Financial 

(i) Classification and measurement of financial 
instruments

Financial assets are measured at initial recognition 
at fair value, and are classified and subsequently 
measured at fair value through profit or loss 
(FVTPL), fair value through other comprehensive 
income (FVOCI) or amortized cost (AMC), based 
on the business model for managing the financial 
instruments and the contractual cash flow 
characteristics of the instrument. 

i. Debt Instruments

On initial recognition, all debt instruments, including 
loans, are classified based on:

•  The business model under which the asset is 

held; and

•  The contractual cash flow characteristics of the 

financial instrument

Business model assessment

Business model assessment involves determining 
whether financial assets are held and managed by 
the Bank for generating and collecting contractual 
cash flows, selling the financial assets or both. The 
Bank assesses the business model at a portfolio 
level using judgement and is supported by relevant 
objective evidence including: 

•  how the performance of the asset is evaluated 

and reported to the Bank’s management;

•  the frequency, volume, reason and timing of sales 
in prior periods and expectations about future 
sales activity;

•  whether the assets are held for trading purposes 

i.e., assets that are acquired by the Bank 
principally for the purpose of selling or repurchase 
in the near term, or held as part of a portfolio that 
is managed together for short-term profits; and 

•  the risks that affect the performance of assets 

held within a business model and how those risks 
are managed.

Cash flow characteristics assessment 

The contractual cash flow characteristics assessment 
involves assessing the contractual features of an 
instrument to determine if they give rise to cash flows 
that are consistent with a basic lending arrangement 
i.e. if they represent cash flows that are solely 
payments of principal and interest (SPPI).

Page. 91   

Principal is defined as the fair value of the instrument 
at initial recognition. Principal may change over the 
life of the instruments due to repayments. Interest is 
defined as consideration for the time value of money 
and the credit risk associated with the principal 
amount outstanding and for other basic lending risks 
and costs (liquidity risk and administrative costs), as 
well as a profit margin.

In assessing whether the contractual cash flows are 
SPPI, the Bank considers the contractual terms of 
the instrument. This includes assessing whether 
the financial asset contains any contractual 
terms that could change the timing or amount of 
contractual cash flows such that the financial asset 
would not meet the SPPI criteria. In making the 
assessment the Bank considers:

•  contingent events that would change the 

amount and/or timing of cash flows;

•   leverage features;
•  prepayment and extension terms;
•  associated penalties relating to prepayments;
•  terms that limit the Bank’s claim to cash flows 

from specified assets; and

•  features that modify consideration of the time 

value of money. 

Debt instruments measured at AMC

Debt instruments are measured at AMC using the 
effective interest rate method, if they are held 
within a business model whose objective is to hold 
the financial asset for collecting contractual cash 
flows where those cash flows represent SPPI. The 
effective interest rate is the rate that discounts 
estimated future cash payments or receipts 
through the expected life of the financial asset to 
the gross carrying amount of the financial asset. 
AMC is calculated taking into account any discount 
or premium on acquisition, transaction costs 
and fees that are an integral part of the effective 
interest rate. Amortization of these deferred costs 
is included in Interest income in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income.

Impairment on debt instruments measured at AMC 
is calculated using the ECL approach. Loans and 
debt securities measured at amortized cost are 
presented net of the Allowance for Credit Losses 
(ACL) in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Debt instruments measured at FVOCI

Debt instruments are measured at FVOCI if they are 
held within a business model whose objective is to 
hold the financial asset for collection of contractual 

cash flows and for selling financial assets, where 
the cash flows represent payments that are SPPI. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, the assets are 
fair valued and unrealized gains and losses are 
recorded in other comprehensive Income (OCI). 
Upon derecognition, realized gains and losses 
are reclassified from OCI and recorded in Non-
interest income in the Consolidated Statements 
of Income. Premiums, discounts and related 
transaction costs are amortized over the expected 
life of the instrument to investments income in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income using the 
effective interest rate method.

Impairment on debt instruments measured at 
FVOCI is calculated using the ECL approach. The 
ACL on debt instruments measured at FVOCI does 
not reduce the carrying amount of the asset in 
the Consolidated Balance Sheets, which remains 
at its fair value. Instead, an amount equal to 
the impairment is recognized in accumulated 
other comprehensive income (AOCI) with a 
corresponding charge to Provision for credit 
losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 
The accumulated allowance recognized in AOCI is 
recycled to the Consolidated Statements of Income 
upon derecognition of the debt instrument.

Debt instruments measured at FVTPL

Debt instruments measured at FVTPL include 
assets held as part of a portfolio managed on 
a fair value basis and assets whose cash flows 
do not represent payments that are SPPI. These 
instruments are measured at fair value in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, with transaction 
costs recognized immediately in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income as part of Non-interest 
income. Realized and unrealized gains and losses 
are recognized as part of Non-interest income in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income.

ii. Equity instruments

Equity instruments are measured at FVTPL, unless 
they are not held for trading purposes and an 
irrevocable election is made to designate these 
instruments at FVOCI upon initial recognition. The 
measurement election is made on an instrument-
by-instrument basis. Changes in fair value are 
recognized as part of Investments income in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income for equity 
instruments measured as at FVTPL. The Bank has 
elected to measure certain equity investments at 
FVOCI that are held for longer term investment 
purposes. These instruments are measured at fair 

Page. 92   

value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with 
transaction costs being added to the cost of the 
instrument. Dividends received that represent 
return on capital, are recorded in Investments 
income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 
Unrealized fair value gains/losses are recognized 
in OCI and are not subsequently reclassified to 
the Consolidated Statements of Income when the 
instrument is derecognized or sold. 

• Financial assets at AMC
• Debt securities as at FVOCI; and
• Off-balance sheet loan commitments

ECL is calculated based on the stage in which the 
financial instruments falls at the reporting date. 
The financial instruments migrate through the 
three stages based on the change in their risk of 
default since initial recognition.

iii. Financial assets and liabilities designated at FVTPL

ECL model 

Financial assets and financial liabilities classified in 
this category are those that have been designated 
by the Bank on initial recognition. Financial assets 
are designated at FVTPL if doing so eliminates or 
significantly reduces an accounting mismatch which 
would otherwise arise.

Financial liabilities are designated at FVTPL when 
one of the following criteria is met:

•  The designation eliminates or significantly 

reduces an accounting mismatch which would 
otherwise arise; or

•  The financial liability contains one or more 
embedded derivatives which significantly 
modify the cash flows otherwise required.

Financial assets and financial liabilities designated 
at FVTPL are recorded in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets at fair value. For assets designated at FVTPL, 
changes in fair values are recognized in Non-interest 
income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 
For liabilities designated at FVPTL, all changes in 
fair value are recognized in Non-interest income in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income, except for 
changes in fair value arising from changes in the 
Bank’s own credit risk are recognized in OCI and are 
not subsequently reclassified to the Consolidated 
Statements of Income upon derecognition/
extinguishment of the liabilities.

iv. Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are initially recognized at fair 
value and are subsequently measured at amortized 
cost, except for liabilities mandatorily measured/
designated as at FVTPL.

(ii) Impairment

Scope

The Bank applies the three-stage approach to 
measure ACL, using the ECL approach as required 
under IFRS 9, for the following categories of financial 
instruments that are not measured at FVTPL:

The Bank’s ACL calculation is an output of an ECL 
model with a number of underlying assumptions 
regarding the choice of variable inputs and 
their interdependencies. The ECL model reflects 
the present value of all cash shortfalls related 
to default events either (i) over the following 
twelve months or (ii) over the expected life of 
the financial instrument depending on credit 
deterioration of the instrument since its inception. 
The ACL calculated using the ECL model reflects 
an unbiased, probability-weighted credit loss 
which considers five macroeconomic scenarios 
based on reasonable and supportable information 
about past events, current conditions and 
forecasts of future economic conditions. Forward-
looking macroeconomic variables are explicitly 
incorporated into the estimation of ECL. 

Measurement of ECL

The ECL model measures the credit losses using 
the following three-stage approach based on the 
extent of credit deterioration of the financial assets 
since initial recognition:

•  Stage 1 – Where there has not been a significant 

increase in credit risk (SICR) since initial recognition 
of a financial instrument, an amount equal to 
twelve months ECL is recorded. ECL is computed 
using a probability of default (PD) occurring over 
the next twelve months. For those instruments 
with a remaining maturity of less than twelve 
months, a probability of default corresponding to 
remaining term to maturity is used.

•  Stage 2 – When a financial instrument experiences 
a SICR subsequent to initial recognition but is not 
considered to be in default, it is included in Stage 
2. This requires the computation of ECL based on 
the PD over the remaining estimated life of the 
financial instrument.

•  Stage 3 – Financial instruments that are 

considered to be in default are included in 
this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the ACL captures 
lifetime ECL.

Page. 93   

The PD, exposure at default (EAD), and loss given 
default (LGD) are inputs used to estimate ECL. 
PD and LGD are modelled using forward-looking 
macroeconomic variables that are closely related 
with credit losses in the relevant portfolios, and 
are probability-weighted using five macroeconomic 
scenarios. 

Details of these statistical parameters/inputs are as 
follows:

•  PD is an estimate of the likelihood of default 

over a given time horizon, and is expressed as a 
percentage. 

•  EAD is the expected exposure in the event 
of default at a future default date, and is 
expressed as an amount. 

•  LGD is an estimate of the loss arising in 

case where a default occurs at a given time 
and is based on the difference between the 
contractual cash flows due and those that the 
Bank would expect to receive, including from 
the realization of any collateral. It is expressed 
as a percentage of the EAD. 

Forward-looking macroeconomic variables 

The measurement of ACL for each stage and the 
assessment of SICR considers information about 
past events and current conditions as well as 
reasonable and supportable forecasts of future 
events and economic conditions. The estimation 
and application of forward-looking macroeconomic 
variables requires significant judgement.

The Bank relies on a broad range of forward-
looking macroeconomic variables, such as 
expected GDP growth, unemployment rates, 
house price indices, commercial property index 
and family income. The inputs used in the model 
for calculating ECL may not always capture all 
characteristics of the market at the balance sheet 
date. To capture portfolio characteristics and risks, 
qualitative adjustments or overlays are made using 
management experienced credit judgement. 

Multiple forward-looking macroeconomic scenarios

The Bank determines ECL using five probability-
weighted forward-looking macroeconomic scenarios 
obtained on a periodic basis from Moody’s 
Analytics economic forecasting services. These 
macroeconomic scenarios include a ‘base-case’ 
scenario which represents the most likely outcome 
and four additional macroeconomic scenarios 
representing more optimistic and more pessimistic 

outcomes. These additional macroeconomic 
scenarios are designed to capture material non-
linearity of potential credit losses in portfolios. 

Assessment of significant increase in credit risk 

The determination of whether ECL on a financial 
instrument is calculated on a twelve month period or 
lifetime basis is dependent on the stage the financial 
asset falls into at the reporting date. A financial 
instrument moves across stages based on an increase 
or decrease in its risk of default at the reporting date 
compared to its risk of default at initial recognition, as 
measured by changes to borrower level information 
and macroeconomic outlook. 

When determining whether the risk of default on 
a financial instrument has increased significantly 
since initial recognition, the Bank considers 
reasonable and supportable information that 
is relevant and available without undue cost or 
effort. This includes both quantitative analysis 
and qualitative information, based on the Bank’s 
historical experience and experienced credit 
judgement, delinquency and monitoring, and 
forward-looking macroeconomic variables. With 
regards to delinquency and monitoring, there is a 
rebuttable presumption that the risk of default of 
the financial instrument has significantly increased 
since initial recognition when contractual payments 
are more than 30 days overdue. The estimation and 
application of the assessment of quantitative and 
qualitative information for the assessment of SICR 
requires significant judgement.

Modified financial assets

The original terms of a financial asset may be 
renegotiated or otherwise modified, resulting in 
changes to the contractual terms of the financial 
asset that affect the contractual cash flows. 

If the terms of a financial asset are modified or 
an existing financial asset is replaced with a new 
one, an assessment is made to determine if the 
modification is substantial. If the modification is 
substantial, the original asset is derecognized and 
a new asset is recognized at fair value. The new 
financial asset is generally recorded in Stage 1, 
unless it is determined to be credit-impaired at the 
time of the renegotiation. Where the modification 
does not result in derecognition, the date of the 
origination continues to be used to determine the 
significant increase in credit risk.

 
Page. 94   

Definition of default

The Bank considers a financial instrument to be in 
default when:

•  the borrower is unlikely to pay its credit 

obligations to the Bank in full, without recourse 
by the Bank to actions such as realizing 
collateral (if any is held); or

•  the borrower is past due more than 90 days on 

any material credit obligation to the Bank. 

The Bank classifies a loan receivable as impaired 
when, in the opinion of management, there is a 
reasonable doubt as to the timely collectability, 
either in whole or in part, of principal or interest, or 
the loan is past due 90 days. 

(iii) Determination of fair value of financial 
instruments

When a financial instrument is initially recognized, 
its fair value is the price that would be received 
to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an 
orderly transaction between market participants at 
the measurement date.

Subsequent to initial recognition, for financial 
instruments measured at fair value where active 
market prices are available, bid prices are used for 
financial assets and ask prices for financial liabilities. 
For those financial instruments measured at fair 
value where an active market is not available, fair 
value estimates are determined using valuation 
methods which maximize use of observable market 
data and include discounted cash flow analysis and 
other commonly used valuation techniques. See 
Note 6 for the valuation methods and assumptions 
used to estimate fair values of financial instruments.

(iv) Derecognition of financial instruments 

Financial assets

The Bank derecognizes a financial asset when:

•  the contractual rights to receive the cash flows 

from the asset have expired; or

•  the Bank has transferred its rights to receive 

future cash flows from the financial asset, or it 
retains the contractual rights to receive the cash 
flows from the financial asset but assumes a 
contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to 
one or more recipients and either:

•  the Bank has transferred substantially all the 

risks and rewards of ownership of the financial 
asset; or

•  the Bank has neither retained nor transferred 

substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership in the financial asset, but has 
transferred control of the asset.

Any interest in transferred financial assets that 
qualify for derecognition that is created or retained 
by the Bank is recognized as a separate asset or 
liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. On 
derecognition of a financial asset the difference 
between the carrying amount of the asset (or the 
carrying amount allocated to the portion of the asset 
transferred), and the sum of (i) the consideration 
received (including any new asset obtained less any 
new liability assumed) and (ii) any cumulative gain or 
loss that had been recognized in OCI is recognized in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income.

If the transfer of assets does not meet the criteria 
for derecognition, the Bank continues to recognize 
the financial asset and also recognizes a financial 
liability for the consideration received upon the 
transfer in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The derecognition criteria is also applied to the 
transfer of part of an asset, rather than a whole, 
or to a group of similar financial assets in their 
entirety, when applicable. When it is applied to 
part of an asset, the part comprises of specifically 
identified cash flows, a fully proportionate share 
of the asset, or a fully proportionate share of a 
specifically identified cash flow from the asset.

Financial liabilities

The Bank derecognizes a financial liability when 
the obligation under the liability is discharged, 
cancelled or expires.

(v) Offsetting

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the 
net amount presented in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets when the Bank has a legal right to set off the 
recognized amounts and it intends either to settle 
on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle 
the liability simultaneously. Income and expenses 
are presented on a net basis only when permitted 
under IFRS or for gains and losses arising from a 
group of similar transactions.

(b) Investments

Investments are accounted for at settlement 
date and initially measured at fair value and 
subsequently measured depending upon their 
classification as follows:

 
Page. 95   

•  Debt securities classified as AMC; these 

investments are subsequently measured at 
amortized cost using the effective interest rate 
method;

•  Debt securities classified as at FVOCI; these 
investments are subsequently measured at 
fair value, with the fair value changes recorded 
in other comprehensive income and moved 
to the Consolidated Statements of Income on 
derecognition;

•  Debt and Equity securities classified as at 

FVTPL; these investments are subsequently 
measured at fair value, with the fair value 
changes recorded in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income; and

•  Equity securities designated as at FVOCI; these 
investments are subsequently measured at 
fair value, with the fair value changes recorded 
in other comprehensive income and moved to 
retained earnings on derecognition.

For debt securities measured at FVOCI, gains 
and losses are recognized in OCI, except for the 
following, which are recognized in Consolidated 
Statements of Income in the same manner as for 
financial assets measured at amortized cost:

•  Interest revenue using the effective interest rate 

method; and

•  ACL and reversals. 

When a debt security measured at FVOCI is 
derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss 
previously recognized in OCI is classified from  
OCI to Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Bank elects to present changes in the fair value 
of certain investments in equity instruments that 
are not held for trading, through OCI. The election 
is made on an instrument-by-instrument basis 
on initial recognition and is irrevocable. Gains 
and losses on such equity instruments are never 
reclassified to Consolidated Statements of Income 
and no impairment is recognized in Consolidated 
Statements of Income. Dividends are recognized 
in Consolidated Statements of Income, unless they 
clearly represent a recovery of part of the cost of 
investment, in which case they are recognized in 
OCI. Cumulative gains and losses recognized in OCI 
are transferred to retained earnings on disposal of 
the investment. 

(c) Loans receivable

Loans receivable measured at amortized cost

Loans are initially recognized at fair value and 
subsequently measured at amortized cost, plus 
accrued interest, using the effective interest rate 
method, and are reported net of unamortized 
origination fees, commitment income, premiums 
or discounts and an allowance for ECL. Net fees 
relating to loan origination are amortized to 
income on an effective yield basis over the term 
of the loans to which they relate, and are included 
in Interest income – loans in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income.

Loans receivable measured as at FVTPL

Certain loans measured as at FVTPL are carried 
at fair value with changes in fair value included 
in Non-interest income in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income. Net fees relating to loan 
origination are recognized in income as incurred, 
and are included in Interest income – Loans in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income.

(d) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of deposits with 
regulated financial institutions and highly liquid 
short-term investments, including government 
guaranteed investments and other money market 
instruments, whose term to maturity at the date of 
purchase is less than three months and are readily 
convertible to known amounts of cash which are 
subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. 
Interest earned on cash and cash equivalents 
is included in Interest income − other in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. 

(e) Securities purchased under reverse repurchase 
agreements

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase 
agreements represent purchases of Government 
of Canada guaranteed debt securities and are 
treated as collateralized lending transactions as 
they represent the purchase of securities with a 
simultaneous agreement to sell them back at a 
specified price on a specified future date, which is 
generally short term. These receivables in respect of 
the amount advanced are classified and measured 
at amortized cost plus accrued interest on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The interest income 
related to these investments is recorded on an 
accrual basis using the effective interest rate method 
and is included in Interest income – Investments in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 
Page. 96   

(f) Securitizations

In the normal course of business, the Bank securitizes 
insured residential loans through the Government 
of Canada’s National Housing Act (NHA), Mortgage 
Backed Securities (MBS) and Canada Mortgage Bond 
(CMB) programs, which are facilitated by Canada 
Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC). The 
Bank securitizes the loans through the creation of 
MBS and the ultimate sale of MBS to third party 
investors or through the CMB program.

The Bank also securitizes uninsured residential 
loans by entering into an agreement to sell these 
loans into a program sponsored by a major 
Schedule I Canadian bank.

Securitization retained interest and servicing liability

In certain securitization transactions that qualify 
for derecognition, the Bank has a continuing 
involvement in the securitized asset that is limited 
to retained rights in future excess interest and 
the liability associated with servicing these assets. 
Under IFRS 9, the securitization retained interest 
is classified as AMC. The servicing liability is 
reported as part of Other liabilities. During the 
life of the securitization, as cash is received, and 
servicing fees are paid, the retained interests and 
the servicing liability are amortized and recognized 
in the Consolidated Statements of Income under 
Gains on securitization activities and income from 
securitization retained interests.

Securitized loans and securitization liabilities

Gains on securitization

Insured loans in MBS that are sold to third parties 
and do not qualify for derecognition continue to be 
classified as Loans receivable on the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets and they are measured at 
amortized cost, plus accrued interest, and are 
reported net of unamortized origination fees, 
commitment income, premiums or discounts and 
insurance costs. Net fees and any premium or 
discount relating to loan origination are amortized 
to income on an effective yield basis over the term 
of the loans to which they relate, and are included 
in Interest income – Loans in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income.

Sale of uninsured residential loans do not qualify 
for derecognition and are classified as Loans 
receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, 
and are measured at amortized cost, plus accrued 
interest, and are reported net of unamortized 
origination fees, commitment income, premiums or 
discounts. Net fees and any premium or discount 
relating to loan origination are amortized to 
income on an effective yield basis over the term 
of the loans to which they relate, and are included 
in Interest income – Loans in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income. 

In addition, these transactions are considered 
secured financing and result in the recognition of 
securitization liabilities. Securitization liabilities are 
measured at amortized cost, plus accrued interest, 
and are reported net of any unamortized premiums 
or discounts and transaction costs incurred in 
obtaining the secured financing. Interest expense is 
allocated over the expected term of borrowing by 
applying the effective interest rate to the carrying 
amount of the liability.

When an asset is derecognized, the related loans 
are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets 
and a gain or loss is recognized in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income under Non-interest income – 
Gains on securitization activities and income from 
securitization retained interests. 

(g) Purchased loans

All purchased financial assets are initially measured 
at fair value on the date of acquisition. As a result, 
no allowance for credit losses is recognized in the 
purchase price equation at the acquisition date. 

The fair value of loans is determined by estimating 
the principal and interest cash flows expected to 
be collected and discounting those cash flows at a 
market rate of interest. The fair value adjustment 
set up for these loans on the date of acquisition is 
amortized over the life of these loans and included 
in Interest income – Loans – Commercial in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. 

On the date of acquisition, purchased performing 
loans follow the same accounting treatment as 
originated performing loans, and are included in 
Stage 1. As a result, immediately after the date 
of acquisition, a 12 month allowance is recorded 
in provision for credit losses in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income. Subsequent to the 
acquisition date, ECL allowances are estimated in a 
manner consistent with our impairment policy that 
we apply to loans that we originate. 

Purchased credit impaired loans are reflected in 
Stage 3 and are subject to lifetime allowance for 
credit losses. Any changes in expected cash flows 
since the date of acquisition are recorded as a 

Page. 97   

charge/recovery in the provision for credit losses in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

(h) Business combinations and goodwill

Business combinations are accounted for using the 
acquisition method. Non-controlling interests, if 
any, are recognized at their proportionate share of 
the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities. 
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price paid 
over the fair value of identifiable net assets and 
liabilities acquired in a business combination on the 
date of acquisition. 

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units 
for the purpose of impairment testing, which is 
the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored 
for internal management purposes. Impairment 
testing is performed at least annually and when 
an event or change in circumstances indicates that 
the carrying amount may be impaired. Goodwill is 
carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses 
and is included in Other assets on the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets.

(i) Foreign currency translation

On initial recognition, monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated into Canadian Dollars at rates prevailing 
on the date of the transaction. At the balance sheet 
date, these foreign currency monetary assets and 
liabilities are remeasured into Canadian Dollars 
at rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. 
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from 
the translation on remeasurement or settlement 
of these items are recognized in Fees and other 
income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

(j) Derivative financial instruments 

The Bank uses derivative financial instruments 
primarily to manage exposure to interest rate risk. 
Derivative instruments that are typically used 
are interest rate swaps, and bond forwards, and 
total return swaps. Interest rate swaps are used to 
adjust exposure to interest rate risk by modifying 
the maturity characteristics of existing assets 
and liabilities. Bond forwards are used to hedge 
interest rate exposures resulting from changes in 
interest rates between the time the Bank commits 
to funding a loan it intends to securitize through 
the MBS and CMB program, and the date of 
securitization. Total return swaps are used to hedge 
the risk of changes in future cash flows related 
to the Bank’s Restricted share unit (RSU) and 

Deferred share unit (DSU) plan. The Bank also uses 
total return swaps to hedge the reinvestment risk 
between the amortizing MBS and the bullet CMB 
related to its CMB activities. 

Derivatives embedded in other financial 
instruments or host contracts are treated as 
separate derivatives when the following conditions 
are met: 

•  their economic characteristics and risks are not 

closely related to those of the host contract;

•  a separate instrument with the same terms as the 
embedded derivative would meet the definition of 
a derivative; and

•  the combined contract is not held for trading or 

designated at fair value through income. 

Separated embedded derivatives are presented 
with other derivative assets and liabilities in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Cash flow hedges

In order for a derivative to qualify as an accounting 
hedge, the hedging relationship must be designated 
and formally documented at its inception, detailing 
the particular risk management objective and 
strategy for the hedge and the specific asset, 
liability, or cash flow being hedged, the hedging 
instrument, as well as how its effectiveness is being 
assessed. Changes in the fair value of the derivative 
must be highly effective in offsetting changes in the 
amount of future cash flows being hedged.

The Bank’s cash flow hedges include hedges 
of anticipated highly probable cash flows on 
fixed rate liabilities arising from accounting for 
securitization transactions as secured financing 
under IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and 
Measurement. The Bank enters into bond forwards 
(including certain embedded derivatives) to hedge 
this cash flow risk and applies hedge accounting to 
these derivative financial instruments. The Bank 
also enters into interest rate swaps to hedge future 
cash flows related to its floating rate liabilities. 
To the extent that changes in the fair value of the 
derivative do not exceed the changes in the fair 
value of the hedged item they are recorded in OCI, 
net of tax. The cumulative amounts deferred in AOCI 
are reclassified to Interest expense – Securitization 
liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Income, 
over the term of the related hedged item.

 
Page. 98   

The Bank’s cash flow hedges also include Total 
return equity swap contracts (TRS) used to hedge 
the risk of changes in future cash flows related to its 
RSU plan. The value of RSUs or Performance Share 
Units (PSU) issued is linked to the price of the Bank’s 
common shares over the period the TRS is in effect. 
The fair value of the TRS is included in Other assets 
and/or Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets and the effective portion of the changes in 
fair values of these TRS is recorded in OCI, net of 
tax. The cumulative amounts deferred in AOCI are 
reclassified to Non-interest expense – Compensation 
and benefits in the Consolidated Statements of 
Income, over the vesting period of the RSUs or PSUs.

Hedge effectiveness is evaluated at the inception of 
the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis, 
retrospectively and prospectively, primarily using 
quantitative statistical measures of correlation. The 
change in the fair value of the hedging instrument 
will be recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets 
under AOCI as either deferred gains or losses 
during the hedge term only to the extent of the 
effective portion of the hedges. Any ineffectiveness 
in the hedging relationship, occurring as a result of 
mismatch in critical terms such as tenor and timing 
of cash flows between hedging instruments and 
hedged items, is included in Non-interest income – 
Gains on securitization activities and income from 
securitization retained interests in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income as it occurs.

The Bank also uses TRSs to hedge the risk of 
changes in future cash flows related to its DSU plan 
and the Bank has not applied hedge accounting to 
these derivative instruments. The value of the DSU 
is linked to the price of the Bank’s common shares 
over the period the TRS is in effect. The fair value 
of the TRS is included in Other assets and/or Other 
liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and 
changes in fair value of these TRSs being recorded 
in Non-interest expense – Compensation and 
benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income 
for the period in which the changes occur.

Fair value hedges

The Bank enters into interest rate swap agreements 
to manage interest rate exposures on fixed rate 
deposits used to fund floating rate loans. The fair 
values of these interest rate swap agreements are 
included in Other assets and/or Other liabilities 
with changes in fair value recorded in Interest 
expense – Deposits. Changes in the fair value of 
deposits attributable to the hedged risks are also 

included in Interest expense – Deposits. For most 
hedging relationships, the Bank has applied hedge 
accounting.

The Bank enters into interest rate swap agreements 
to manage interest rate exposures on fixed rate 
securitization liabilities. The fair value of these 
interest rate swap agreements is included in Other 
assets and/or Other liabilities with changes in fair 
value recorded in Non-interest income – Gains 
on securitization activities and income from 
securitization retained interests. Changes in fair 
value of the securitization liability attributable to 
the hedged risk, is also included in Non-interest 
income – Gains on securitization activities and 
income from securitization retained interests. The 
Bank applies hedge accounting to these derivatives.

The Bank also enters into interest rate swap 
agreements to manage interest rate exposures 
on fixed rate loan assets. The fair value of these 
interest rate swap agreements is included in Other 
assets and/or Other liabilities with changes in fair 
value recorded in Interest income Loans – Personal 
and /or Loans – Commercial. Changes in fair value 
of the loan assets attributable to the hedged risk, 
is also included in Interest income Loans – Personal 
and/or Loans – Commercial. The Bank applies 
hedge accounting to these derivatives.

Beginning in 2020, the Bank entered into interest rate 
swap agreements to manage interest rate exposures 
on its investment in fixed rate provincial bonds. The 
fair value of these interest rate swap agreements is 
included in Other assets and/or Other liabilities with 
changes in fair value recorded in Non-interest income 
- Net gain (loss) on investments. Changes in fair value 
of the provincial bonds is attributable to the hedged 
risk, and is also included in Non-interest income - Net 
gain (loss) on investments. The Bank applies hedge 
accounting to these derivatives.

In order for a derivative to qualify as an accounting 
hedge, the hedging relationship must be designated 
and formally documented at its inception, detailing 
the particular risk management objective and 
strategy for the hedge and the specific asset, liability 
or cash flow being hedged, the hedging instrument, 
as well as how its effectiveness is being assessed. 
Changes in the fair value of the derivative must be 
highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value 
of the hedged asset or liability. Hedge effectiveness 
is evaluated at the inception of the hedging 
relationship and on an ongoing basis, retrospectively 

Page. 99   

and prospectively, primarily using quantitative 
statistical measures of correlation. Hedge 
ineffectiveness, if any, are a result of differences 
in maturities and prepayment frequency between 
hedging instruments and hedged items. 

The Bank enters into bond forwards to manage 
interest rate exposures for certain loan 
commitments and funded loans until the date 
they are securitized. The fair values of these bond 
forwards are included in Other assets and/or 
Other liabilities with changes in fair value recorded 
in Non-interest income – Gains on securitization 
activities and income from securitization retained 
interests. Changes in fair value of loans and loan 
commitments are also included in Non-interest 
income – Gains on securitization activities and 
income from securitization retained interests. The 
Bank does not apply hedge accounting to these 
derivative instruments.

Beginning in 2020, the Bank entered into foreign 
exchange forwards to manage foreign exchange 
exposures on certain foreign currency liabilities. 
The fair value of these foreign exchange forwards 
are included in Other assets and/or Other liabilities 
with changes in fair value recorded in Non-interest 
income – Fees and other income. Changes in 
foreign currency translation of foreign currency 
liabilities are also included in Non-interest income 
– Fees and other income. The Bank does not apply 
hedge accounting to these derivative instruments. 

The Bank’s hedging activities are transacted with 
approved counterparties, which are limited to 
Canadian chartered banks, their subsidiaries and 
other financial intermediaries. 

(k) Leases 

As a Lessor:

Identification of a lease 

At the inception of each lease, the Bank assesses 
if it is a finance lease or an operating lease. The 
assessment is based on substantially transferring all 
the risks and rewards to the lessee. If substantially 
all of the risks and rewards incidental to ownership 
are transferred to the lessee, the lease is considered 
a finance lease, otherwise it is considered an 
operating lease. 

Recognition

At the lease commencement date, the Bank 
includes assets held under a finance lease in 

Loans – Commercial, on its Consolidated Balance 
Sheets at an amount equal to the net investment 
in the finance lease. The investment in finance 
lease is initially measured at the present value of 
the lease payments that are not received at the 
commencement date, discounted using the interest 
rate implicit in the lease. The interest rate is adjusted 
for all the initial direct costs associated with the 
origination of finance lease that are factored into 
the determination of the interest rate implicit in the 
lease. Lease payments included in the measurement 
of investment in finance lease include fixed and 
variable lease payments, less incentives payable. 

Subsequent measurement

The net investment in finance leases includes gross 
minimum lease payments receivable, less the 
unamortized portion of unearned finance income, 
security deposits held, and the allowance for credit 
losses. The finance income earned is included 
in Interest income – Commercial Loans in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income on a basis that 
reflects a constant periodic rate of return on the 
gross investment in finance lease receivables. 

As a Lessee:

Identification of a lease 

At the inception of a contract, the Bank assesses 
whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. A 
contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys 
the right to control the use of an identified asset for 
a period of time in exchange for consideration. To 
assess if the contract conveys the right to control the 
use of an identified asset, the Bank assesses whether:

•  the contract involves the use of an identified 

asset – this may be specified explicitly or 
implicitly in the contract, and is physically 
distinct or represents substantially all of the 
capacity of a physically distinct asset. If the 
supplier has a substantive substitution right, 
then the asset is not considered as identified;
•  the Bank has the right to obtain substantially 

all of the economic benefits from the use of the 
asset throughout the period of use; and

•  the Bank has the right to direct the use of the 
asset. The Bank has this right when it has the 
decision-making rights that are most relevant 
to changing the purpose of the asset use 
throughout the period of use. 

Recognition

The Bank recognizes a Right-of-Use (ROU) asset 
and a lease liability at the lease commencement 

Page. 100   

date. The ROU asset is initially measured at cost, 
which comprises the initial amount of lease liability 
adjusted for any lease payments made at or before 
the commencement date, plus any initial direct 
costs incurred, less any lease incentives received. 

The lease liability is initially measured at the 
present value of the lease payments that are not 
paid at the commencement date, discounted 
using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if 
the rate cannot be readily determined, the Bank’s 
incremental borrowing rate. 

Subsequent measurement

The ROU asset is subsequently depreciated using 
the straight-line method from the commencement 
date to the earlier of the end of the useful life of 
the ROU asset or the end on the lease term. In 
addition, the ROU asset is periodically reduced by 
impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain 
remeasurements of the lease liability. 

The lease liability is measured at amortized cost 
using the effective interest rate method. The 
liability is remeasured if there are changes to the 
lease rates, or changes to the Bank’s assessment 
of whether it will exercise the extension or 
termination options per the lease contracts.

After the commencement date, if a lease is 
remeasured, an adjustment is made to the ROU 
asset. In case the carrying amount of the ROU asset 
is reduced to zero and there is a further reduction 
in the measurement of the lease liability, the 
remaining amount is recognized in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income.

The ROU assets and corresponding lease liabilities 
are included in Other Assets and Other Liabilities, 
on the Bank’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Bank has elected not to recognize a ROU asset 
and lease liabilities for short-term leases that have 
a lease term of 12 months or less and leases of 
low-value assets. The Bank recognizes the lease 
payments associated with these leases as an 
expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

(l) Compensation plans

The Bank offers several benefit programs to eligible 
employees. These benefits include a deferred profit 
sharing plan, employee stock purchase plan, annual 
bonuses, and compensation in the form of share-
based payments. 

(i) Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefit obligations are 
measured on an undiscounted basis and are 
expensed as the related service is provided. A 
liability is recognized for the amount expected to 
be paid under short-term bonus plans if the Bank 
has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay 
this amount as a result of past service provided by 
the employee and the obligation can be estimated 
reliably.

(ii) Deferred profit sharing plan (DPSP) 

The Bank has a DPSP under which the Bank pays 
fixed contributions into a separate entity and will 
have no legal or constructive obligation to pay 
further amounts. Obligations for contributions are 
recognized as an expense in income when they are 
due in respect of service rendered before the end 
of the reporting period.

(iii) Stock-based compensationStock option plan

The Bank has a stock option plan for eligible 
employees. Under this plan, options are 
periodically awarded to participants to purchase 
common shares at prices equal to the closing market 
price of the shares or the volume-weighted average 
closing price of the Bank’s common shares on the 
TSX for the five consecutive trading days immediately 
prior to the date the options were granted. The Bank 
uses the fair value-based method of accounting 
for stock options and recognizes compensation 
expense based on the fair value of the options on 
the date of the grant, which is determined using 
the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair 
value of the options is recognized on a straight-line 
basis over the vesting period of the options granted 
as compensation expense with a corresponding 
increase in Contributed surplus. The awards are 
delivered in tranches; each tranche is considered 
a separate award and is valued and amortized 
separately. Expected forfeitures are factored into 
determining the stock option expense and the 
estimates are periodically adjusted in the event of 
actual forfeitures or for changes in expectations. The 
Contributed surplus balance is reduced as the options 
are exercised and the amount initially recorded for 
the options in Contributed surplus is reclassified to 
capital stock. Compensation expense related to the 
stock-based compensation plan is included in Non-
interest expense – Compensation and benefits in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income.

 
 
Page. 101   

Restricted share unit (RSU) plan

The Bank has an RSU plan and may grant RSUs 
and/or Performance Share Units (PSUs) to eligible 
employees on an annual basis. The expense related 
to the award of these units is included in Non-
interest expense – Compensation and benefits in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income over the 
vesting period and any corresponding liability is 
included in Other liabilities in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets. Since each RSU or PSU represents 
a notional common share, any changes in unit 
value and re-invested notional dividend amounts 
are recognized in the Consolidated Statements 
of Income. Each RSU or PSU held at the end of 
the vesting period including those acquired as 
dividend equivalents will be paid to the eligible 
employee in cash, the value of which will be based 
on the volume-weighted average closing price of 
the Bank’s common shares on the TSX for the five 
consecutive trading days immediately prior to the 
vesting. The value of PSUs may be increased or 
decreased up to 25%, based on the Bank’s relative 
total shareholder return compared to a defined 
peer group of financial institutions in Canada, and 
the incremental expense or recovery on those 
shares is recorded when the Bank can reliably 
estimate the actual payout.

Deferred share unit (DSU) plan

The Bank has a DSU plan for Directors. The 
obligation that results from the award of a DSU is 
recognized in income upon the grant of the unit 
and the corresponding amount is included in Other 
liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. A 
Director will be credited with additional DSUs 
whenever a cash dividend is declared by the Bank. 
The change in the obligation attributable to the 
change in stock price of Equitable Group Inc. and 
dividends paid on common shares is recognized in 
Non-interest expense – Compensation and benefits 
in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the 
period in which the changes occur. The redemption 
value of each DSU is the volume-weighted average 
trading price of the common shares of Equitable 
Group Inc. on the TSX for the five trading days 
immediately prior to the redemption date.

Employee stock purchase (ESP) plan

The Bank has an ESP plan for eligible employees. 
Under this plan, employees have the option of 
directing a portion of their gross salary towards 
the purchase of the Bank’s common shares. The 
Bank matches a fixed portion of employee share 

purchases up to a specified maximum. Employer 
contributions are recognized in Non-interest expense 
– Compensation and benefits in the period incurred.

(m) Income taxes

Income tax expense comprises current and 
deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are 
recognized in income except to the extent that 
it relates to items recognized directly in OCI or 
equity. Current tax is the expected tax payable 
or receivable on the taxable income or loss for 
the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment 
to tax payable in respect of previous years.

The Bank follows the asset and liability method 
of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset 
and liability method, deferred tax assets and 
liabilities represent the amount of tax applicable 
to temporary differences between the carrying 
amounts of the assets and liabilities and their 
values for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are measured using enacted or 
substantively enacted tax rates expected to 
apply to taxable income in the years in which 
those temporary differences are expected to be 
recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax 
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is 
recognized in income in the years that include the 
date of enactment or substantive enactment.

Current tax assets and liabilities are offset if there 
is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax 
assets against current tax liabilities, usually in 
respect of income taxes levied by the same tax 
authority on the same taxable entity, and the Bank 
intends to settle current tax liabilities and assets 
on a net basis or settle the tax assets and liabilities 
simultaneously.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if the 
Bank has a legally enforceable right to set off the 
deferred tax assets and liabilities related to income 
taxes levied by the same tax authority on either the 
same taxable entity; or different taxable entities, 
but the entities intend to settle current tax liabilities 
and assets on a net basis, or their tax assets and 
liabilities will be realized simultaneously for each 
future period in which these differences reverse.

A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused 
tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary 
differences to the extent that it is probable that 
future taxable profits will be available against 
which they can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are 

Page. 102   

reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to 
the extent it is no longer probable that the related 
tax benefit will be realized. 

(n) Capital assets 

Capital assets are carried at cost less accumulated 
depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using 
a declining balance method over the estimated 
useful lives of the assets at the following annual 
rates as this most closely reflects the pattern of 
consumption of the future economic benefits: 

Capital	asset	categories

Rate	of	depreciation

Furniture, fixtures and 
office equipment

Computer hardware and 
software

10% to 20%

20% to 33%

Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a 
straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease term 
and the estimated useful life of the asset.

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual 
values are reassessed at each financial year end 
and adjusted appropriately. 

(o) Intangible assets

Intangible assets are comprised of internally 
generated system and software development 
costs. An intangible asset is recognized only when 
its cost can be reliably measured and includes all 
directly attributable costs necessary to create the 
asset to be capable of operating in the manner 
intended by management. Research costs are 
expensed and eligible development costs are 
capitalized. Intangible assets are carried at cost less 
any accumulated amortization and accumulated 
impairment losses, if any, in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets. The Bank’s intangible assets are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful 
lives, ranging from 3 to 10 years. Amortization 
expenses are included in Non-interest expenses – 
Other in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Intangible assets, including those under development 
are assessed for indicators of impairment at 
each reporting period. If there’s an indication 
that impairment exists, the Bank performs an 
impairment test by comparing the carrying amount 
of the intangible asset to its recoverable amount. 
If the recoverable amount is less than its carrying 
amount, the carrying amount is written down to 
its recoverable amount and an impairment loss is 
recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

(p) Deposits

Deposits are comprised of Guaranteed Investment 
Certificates (GIC), High Interest Savings Accounts 
(HISA) and institutional deposit notes. Deposits, with 
the exception of those designated as at fair value 
through income, are recorded on the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets at amortized cost plus accrued 
interest, using the effective interest rate method. 
Deferred deposit agent commissions are accounted 
for as a component of deposits with the amortization 
of these commissions, with the exception of 
commissions relating to deposits designated as at 
fair value through income, which are expensed as 
incurred, and are calculated on an effective yield basis 
as a component of interest expense. 

(q) Obligations under repurchase agreements

Investments sold under repurchase agreements 
represent sales of Government of Canada guaranteed 
debt securities by the Bank effected with a 
simultaneous agreement to purchase the assets back 
at a specified price on a specified future date, which 
is generally short term. Repurchase agreements are 
treated as borrowings and are carried at amortized 
cost, plus accrued interest, using the effective 
interest rate method, recorded in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets at the respective prices at which 
the investments were originally sold plus accrued 
interest. Interest expense relating to repurchase 
agreements is recorded in Interest expense – Other in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

(r) Bank facilities and debentures

Bank facilities and debentures are recorded in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at amortized cost and 
interest expense is recorded using the effective 
interest rate method. 

(s) Securitized leases

The Bank securitizes pools of finance leases on a 
fully serviced basis, to independent third parties. 
The Bank retains the servicing responsibilities and 
participates in certain cash flows from the pools. 
The securitization transaction is not considered to 
have transferred the risks and rewards of ownership 
and accordingly is not derecognized. The securitized 
finance leases continue to be classified as finance  
leases on the Bank’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, 
with a corresponding lease financing liability. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page. 103   

(t) Share capital

Issuance costs

Incremental costs directly attributable to the 
issuance of an equity instrument are deducted 
from the initial measurement of the equity 
instruments and is presented net of tax. 

Treasury preferred shares

Preferred shares are repurchased and cancelled 
by the Bank. These repurchased and cancelled 
treasury preferred shares are deducted from the 
preferred shares in Shareholders’ Equity at cost. 
Any gain or loss arising on the difference between 
the carrying value and the purchase consideration 
is recognized in Retained Earnings. 

(u) Earnings per share

Earnings per share is computed by dividing net 
income available to common shareholders by 
the weighted average number of common shares 
outstanding for the year. Net income available to 
common shareholders is determined by deducting 
the dividend entitlements of preferred shareholders 
from net income. Diluted earnings per share reflects 
the potential dilution that could occur if additional 
common shares are assumed to be issued under 
securities or contracts that entitle their holders to 
obtain common shares in the future. The number 
of additional shares for inclusion in diluted earnings 
per share calculations is determined using the 
treasury stock method. Under this method, stock 
options which exercise price is less than the average 
market price of the Bank’s common shares are 
assumed to be exercised and the proceeds are 
used to repurchase common shares at the average 
market price for the year. The incremental number 
of common shares issued under stock options 
and repurchased from proceeds is included in the 
calculation of diluted earnings per share. 

(v) Interest

Interest income and interest expense are 
recognized in the Consolidated Statements of 
Income using the effective interest rate method and 
the rate is applied to the gross carrying amount of 
the asset (when the asset is not credit impaired) or 
to the amortized cost of the liability. The effective 
interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts the 
estimated future cash flow payments and receipts 
through the expected life of the financial asset or 
liability (or, where appropriate, a shorter period) 
to the carrying amount of the financial asset or 
liability. When calculating the effective interest 

rate, management estimates future cash flows 
considering all contractual terms of the financial 
instrument, but not ECL. Under IFRS 9, for financial 
assets that become credit-impaired subsequent to 
initial recognition, interest income is calculated by 
applying the effective interest rate to the amortized 
cost of the financial asset. If the asset is no longer 
credit-impaired, then the calculation of interest 
income reverts to the gross basis. The calculation 
of the effective interest rate includes all transaction 
costs and fees paid or received that are an integral 
part of the effective interest rate. Transaction 
costs include incremental costs that are directly 
attributable to the acquisition or issue of a financial 
asset or financial liability. 

(w) Fees 

Non-interest income includes some ancillary 
fees related to the administration of the loan 
portfolio. These fees are measured based on the 
consideration specified in the agreements with 
customers and are accrued and recognized as the 
related services are rendered.

(x) Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past 
event, the Bank has a present legal or constructive 
obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is 
probable that an outflow of economic benefits will 
be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are 
determined by discounting the expected future 
cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money. 

(y) Write-off

The Bank writes off an impaired financial asset, 
either partially or in full, when there is no realistic 
prospect of recovery. Where financial assets are 
secured, write-off is after the expected proceeds 
from the realization of collateral. In subsequent 
periods, recoveries if any, against written off loans 
are credited to the provision for credit losses in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income.

Future accounting changes

Interbank Offered Rates (IBOR) reform

On August 27, 2020, the IASB published “Interest 
Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2 (Amendments 
to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16)”. 
The amendments address the issues that will 
arise upon replacing the existing interest rate 
benchmark with the alternative interest rates and 
introduces additional disclosure requirements. 

Page. 104   

The amendments are effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2021, with earlier 
application permitted. 

The Bank does not consider the impact of the IBOR 
reform to be material, as majority of its contracts 
use Canadian Dollar Offered Rate (CDOR) as 
reference rates, which will not be replaced. 

bid prices are used for financial assets and ask 
prices for financial liabilities. For those financial 
instruments measured at fair value that are not 
traded in an active market, fair value estimates 
are determined using valuation methods which 
maximize the use of observable market data and 
include discounted cash flow analysis and other 
commonly used valuation techniques.

Note	4	–	Risk	Management

(iii) Loans receivable

The Bank, like other financial institutions, is exposed 
to the symptoms and effects of global economic 
conditions and other factors that could adversely 
affect its business, financial condition and operating 
results, which may also influence an investor to buy, 
sell or hold shares in the Bank. Many of these risk 
factors are beyond the Bank’s direct control. The use 
of financial instruments exposes the Bank to credit 
risk, liquidity risk and market risk. A discussion of 
the Bank’s risk exposures and how it manages those 
risks can be found in the Risk Management section 
of the Bank’s MD&A.

Note	5	–	Financial	Instruments

The Bank’s business activities result in a 
Consolidated Balance Sheets that consist primarily 
of financial instruments. The majority of the Bank’s 
net income is derived from gains, losses, income 
and expenses related to these financial assets and 
liabilities. 

(a) Valuation methods and assumptions

Valuation methods and assumptions used to estimate 
fair values of financial instruments are as follows:

(i) Financial instruments whose cost or amortized 
cost approximates fair value

The fair value of Cash and cash equivalents and 
Restricted cash approximate their cost due to their 
short term nature.

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase 
agreements, obligations under repurchase 
agreements, bank facilities and certain other 
financial assets and liabilities are carried at cost or 
amortized cost, which approximates fair value. 

(ii) Financial instruments classified as at FVOCI and 
FVTPL

These financial assets and financial liabilities are 
measured on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at 
fair value. For financial instruments measured at 
fair value where active market prices are available, 

The estimated fair value of loans receivable 
is determined using a discounted cash flow 
calculation and the market interest rates offered for 
loans with similar terms and credit risks.

(iv) Deposits

The estimated fair value of deposits is determined 
by discounting expected future contractual 
cash flows using observed market interest rates 
offered for deposits with similar terms. Deposit 
liabilities include GICs that are measured at fair 
value through income and are guaranteed by 
Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation (CDIC). This 
guarantee from CDIC is reflected in the fair value 
measurement of the deposit liabilities.

(v) Securitization liabilities

The estimated fair value of securitization liabilities 
is determined by discounting expected future 
contractual cash flows using market interest rates 
offered for similar terms.

(vi) Derivatives 

Fair value estimates of derivative financial 
instruments are determined based on commonly 
used pricing methodologies (primarily discounted 
cash flow models) that incorporate observable 
market data. Frequently applied valuation 
techniques incorporate various inputs such as stock 
prices, bond prices, and interest rate curves into 
present value calculations.

The following tables present the carrying values 
for each category of financial assets and liabilities 
and their estimated fair values as at December 31, 
2020 and December 31, 2019. The tables do not 
include assets and liabilities that are not financial 
instruments.

Page. 105   

($000s)

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash

Securities purchased 
under reverse repurchase 
agreements

Investments

Loans – Personal

Loans – Commercial(1)

Securitization retained 
interests

Other assets:

Derivative financial 
instruments(2): 

Interest rate swaps

Total return swaps

Other

FVTPL	– 
Mandatorily 

FVOCI	–	Debt	
instruments

FVOCI	–	
Equity 
instruments

Amortized	
cost

Total 
carrying 
value

Fair value

December 31, 2020

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

557,743

557,743

504,039

504,039

557,743

504,039

152,482

174,646

87,339

175,409

589,876

450,203

450,203

450,203

591,908

-

125,205

-

22,081

4,889

 -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

19,445,386

19,445,386

19,610,189

8,162,821

8,288,026

8,438,945

184,844

184,844

189,380

-

-

13,242

22,081

4,889

13,242

22,081

4,889

13,242

Total financial assets

304,657

174,646

87,339

29,493,687

30,060,329

30,382,619

Financial liabilities:

Deposits

Securitization liabilities

Obligations under 
repurchase agreements

Other liabilities:

Derivative financial 
instruments(2):

Interest rate swaps

Total return swaps

Bond forwards

Foreign exchange 
forwards

Loan commitments

Other

-

-

-

30,098

17,192

1,253

709

25

-

Total financial liabilities

49,277

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

16,585,043

16,585,043

16,712,440

11,991,964

11,991,964

12,294,592

251,877

251,877

251,877

-

-

-

-

-

30,098

17,192

1,253

709

25

30,098

17,192

1,253

709

25

159,158

159,158

159,158

28,988,042

29,037,319

29,467,344

(1) Loans – Commercial does not include $538,156 (December 31, 2019 - $486,610) of Finance leases, as these are specifically 
excluded for classification and measurement under IFRS 9. (2) Derivative financial instruments are non-trading, and include 
derivatives held in hedge accounting relationships.

Page. 106   

($000s)

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash

Securities purchased 
under reverse repurchase 
agreements

Investments

Loans – Personal

Loans – Commercial(1)

Securitization retained 
interests

Other assets:

Derivative financial 
instruments(2): 

Interest rate swaps

Total return swaps

Bond forwards

Other

FVTPL – 
Mandatorily 

FVOCI – Debt 
instruments

FVOCI – 
Equity 
instruments

Amortized 
cost

Total 
carrying 
value

Fair value

December 31, 2019

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

508,853

508,853

462,992

462,992

508,853

462,992

55,533

43,199

92,386

171,493

362,611

150,069

150,069

150,069

361,134

-

195,051

-

14,468

6,686

1,939

 -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

18,359,805

18,359,805

18,331,260

7,566,364

7,761,415

7,771,496

139,009

139,009

139,336

-

-

-

19,139

14,468

6,686

1,939

19,139

14,468

6,686

1,939

19,139

Total financial assets

273,677

43,199

92,386

27,377,724

27,786,986

27,767,372

Financial liabilities:

Deposits

Securitization liabilities

Obligations under 
repurchase agreements

Other liabilities:

Derivative financial 
instruments(2):

Interest rate swaps

Total return swaps

Loan commitments

Other

Total financial liabilities

-

-

-

4,959

7,083

209

-

12,251

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

15,442,207

15,442,207

15,451,289

10,706,956

10,706,956

10,719,070

507,044

507,044

507,044

-

-

-

4,959

7,083

209

4,959

7,083

209

179,740

179,740

179,740

26,835,947

26,848,198

26,869,394

(1) Loans – Commercial does not include $538,156 (December 31, 2019 - $486,610) of Finance leases, as these are specifically 
excluded for classification and measurement under IFRS 9. (2) Derivative financial instruments are non-trading, and include 
derivatives held in hedge accounting relationships.

Page. 107   

(b) Fair value hierarchy

Financial instruments recorded at fair value on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets are classified using a 
fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of 
the inputs used in making the measurements.

The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:

Level 1: valuation based on quoted prices 
(unadjusted) observed in active markets for 
identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2: valuation techniques based on inputs other 
than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are 
either directly or indirectly observable for the asset 
or liability. 

Level 3: valuation techniques with significant 
unobservable market inputs.

($000s)

December 31, 2020

Financial assets:

Investments

Loans – Personal

Loans – Commercial

Securitization retained interests

Other assets:

Derivative financial instruments(1):

Interest rate swaps

Total return swaps

Other

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities:

Deposits

Securitization liabilities

Other liabilities:

Derivative financial instruments(1):

Interest rate swaps

Total return swaps

Bond forwards

Foreign exchange forwards

Loan commitments

Other

Total financial liabilities

The fair value hierarchy requires the use of 
observable market inputs whenever such inputs 
exist. The objective of valuation techniques is to 
arrive at a fair value determination that reflects the 
price of the financial instrument at the reporting 
date that would have been determined by market 
participants acting at arm’s length. A financial 
instrument is classified to the lowest level of the 
hierarchy for which a significant input has been 
considered in measuring fair value.

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy 
of all financial instruments, whether or not 
measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets, except for certain financial instruments 
whose carrying amount always approximates their 
fair values due to their short-term nature:

Total	financial	

assets/financial	

liabilities at fair 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

value

577,636

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

 -

-

14,272

 -  19,610,189

125,205

8,313,740

189,380

 - 

591,908

19,610,189

8,438,945

189,380

22,081

4,605

13,242

 -

284

 -

22,081

4,889

13,242

577,636

354,513 27,938,485

28,870,634

- 

- 

- 

 -

 -

 -

 -

 -

16,712,440

 -

11,607,776

686,816

16,712,440

12,294,592

30,098

 -

-

17,192

1,253

709

-

159,158

-

-

25

 -

30,098

17,192

1,253

709

25

159,158

- 

28,511,434

704,033

29,215,467

(1) Derivative financial instruments are non-trading, and include derivatives held in hedge accounting relationships.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page. 108   

($000s)

December 31, 2019

Financial assets:

Investments

Loans – Personal

Loans – Commercial

Securitization retained interests

Other assets:

Derivative financial instruments(1):

Interest rate swaps

Total return swaps

Bond forwards

Other

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities:

Deposits

Securitization liabilities

Other liabilities:

Derivative financial instruments(1):

Interest rate swaps

Total return swaps

Loan commitments

Other

Total financial liabilities

Total financial 

assets/financial 

liabilities at fair 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

value

353,973

-

7,161

361,134

-

-

-

- 

- 

-

-

 -  18,331,260

18,331,260

195,051

7,576,445

139,336

 - 

7,771,496

139,336

14,468

6,242

1,939

19,139

-

444

-

-

14,468

6,686

1,939

19,139

353,973

376,175

25,915,310

26,645,458

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

15,451,289

 -

9,809,562

909,508

15,451,289

10,719,070

4,959

12

-

179,740

 -

7,071

 209

 -

4,959

7,083

209

179,740

25,445,562

916,788

26,362,350

Note	6	–	Cash	and	Cash	Equivalents	and	Restricted	Cash

($000s) 

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Deposits with regulated financial institutions

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash – securitization

Restricted cash – interest rate swaps

Restricted cash – other programs

Restricted cash

 557,743

 557,743

 475,375

 28,048

 616

 504,039

 508,853

 508,853

 454,553

 7,826

 613

 462,992

(1) Derivative financial instruments are non-trading, and include derivatives held in hedge accounting relationships.

Page. 109   

Restricted cash – securitization represents deposits held in trust in connection with the Bank’s securitization 
activities. These deposits include cash accounts held at a major Schedule I Canadian Bank that hold principal 
and interest payments collected from securitized loans awaiting payment to their respective investors, 
deposits held as collateral by third parties for the Bank’s securitization hedging activities and deposits held in 
interest reinvestment accounts in connection with the Bank’s participation in the CMB program. 

Restricted cash – interest rate swaps represent deposits held as collateral by third parties for the Bank’s 
interest rate swap transactions. The terms and conditions of these arrangements with counterparties are 
governed by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) agreements.

Restricted cash – other programs represent deposits held as collateral in connection with our Home Equity 
line of credit and deposit programs. These balances may be drawn upon only in the event of insufficient cash 
flows from the underlying programs. 

Note	7	–	Securities	Purchased	Under	Reverse	Repurchase	Agreements

As at December 31, 2020, the fair value of financial assets accepted as collateral that the Bank is permitted to 
sell or repledge in the absence of default is $450,106 (December 31, 2019 – $147,741). The Bank is obliged to 
return equivalent securities at the repurchase date, and the Bank did not sell or repledge any of the collateral 
as at the year ended December 31, 2020. 

Note	8	–	Investments

Carrying value of investments is as follows:

($000s) 

Equity securities measured at FVOCI 

Equity securities measured at FVTPL

Debt securities measured at FVOCI

Debt securities measured at FVTPL

Debt securities measured at AMC

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

87,339

1,165

174,646

151,317

175,409

589,876

92,386

1,100

43,200

54,432

171,493

362,611

The Bank has elected to designate certain Equity securities to be measured at FVOCI as these investments 
are expected to be held for the long term. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Bank earned dividends 
of $4,635 (2019 − $5,388) on these Equity securities. During the year, the Bank sold Equity securities of $1,500 
(2019 − $5,829) and did not recognize any gains or losses (2019 − ($638)) in Retained earnings. 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on investments measured at FVOCI and FVTPL are as follows:

($000s) 

Equity securities measured at FVOCI

Equity securities measured at FVTPL

Debt securities measured at FVOCI

Debt securities measured at FVTPL

 2020

(3,411)

(2,656)

3,165

7,731

2019

(1,958)

(280)

239

(1,444)

Page. 110   

Note	9	–	Loans	Receivable

(a) Loans receivable

($000s)

Loans – Personal

Loans – Commercial

($000s)

Loans – Personal

Loans – Commercial

Allowance	for	credit	losses

December 31, 2020

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total Net amount

13,228

22,632

35,860

4,893

21,880

26,773

1,685

1,859

3,544

19,806

19,445,386

46,371

8,826,182

66,177

28,271,568

Allowance for credit losses

December 31, 2019

Stage 1

3,295

16,758

20,053

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Net amount

2,417

9,375

11,792

2,198

2,864

5,062

7,910

18,359,805

28,997

36,907

8,248,025

26,607,830

Gross 
amount

19,465,192

8,872,553

28,337,745

Gross 
amount

18,367,715

8,277,022

26,644,737

Loans – Commercial include certain loans measured at FVTPL with changes in fair value included in gains 
on securitization activities and income from securitization retained interests. As at December 31, 2020, the 
carrying value of these loans was $59,415 (December 31, 2019 – $96,779) and included fair value adjustment 
of $43 (December 31, 2019 – ($726)).

Loans – Commercial also include certain loans measured at FVTPL with changes in fair value included in Non-
interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. As at December 31, 2020, the carrying amount of 
these loans was $65,789 (December 31, 2019 – $98,272) and included fair value adjustment of $21 (December 
31, 2019 – $424).

The impact of changes in fair value for loans measured at fair value through income is as follows:

($000s) 

Net gains (losses) in fair values for loans measured at FVTPL included in gains on 

securitization activities

Net (losses) gains in fair values for loans measured at FVTPL and recognized in net 

gain (loss) on loans and investments

 2020

2019

769

(1,753)

(473)

1,179

Loans – Commercial include loans of $230,989 (December 31, 2019 – $169,859) invested in certain asset-
backed structured entities. The Bank holds a senior position in these investments and the maximum 
exposure to loss is limited to the carrying value of the investment. The Bank does not have the ability to 
direct the relevant activities of these structured entities and has no exposure to their variable returns, other 
than the right to receive interest income from these investments. Consequently, the Bank does not control 
these structured entities and has not consolidated them.

 
Page. 111   

Loans – Commercial also include the Bank’s net investment in finance leases of $538,156 (December 31, 
2019 – $486,610). The following table shows the maturity analysis of undiscounted minimum lease payments 
reconciled to the net investment in finance leases:

($000s) 

Minimum lease payments:

Less than 1 year

1 year to less than 2 years

2 years to less than 3 years

3 years to less than 4 years

4 years to less than 5 years

More than 5 years

Non performing leases – net

Total undiscounted lease payments receivable

Less:

Security deposits held

Unearned finance income

Allowance for credit losses

Net investment in finance leases

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

251,229

188,040

115,507

50,848

13,486

1,028

22,685

642,823

(7,068)

(76,768)

(20,831)

538,156

231,813

171,253

101,427

42,405

11,338

560

16,320

575,116

(7,874)

(71,186)

(9,446)

486,610

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Bank earned finance income of $55,307 (December 31, 2019 – 
$53,095) from its investment in finance leases. As at December 31, 2020, all of the Bank’s leases are fixed rate 
leases with terms ranging from one to seven years, and approximately 82.3% of the Bank’s finance leases 
were concentrated in the following five industry segments:

Transportation – Long Haul

Transportation – Vocational 

Food

Construction

Agriculture

(b) Impaired and past due loans

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

42.5%

16.4%

11.1%

8.4%

3.9%

40.5%

16.5%

13.0%

8.8%

3.4%

Outstanding impaired loans, net of specific allowances are as follows:

($000s)

Loans – Personal

Loans – Commercial – Conventional and Insured

Loans – Commercial – Finance Leases

December 

December 

31, 2020

31, 2019

Allowance	for	

Gross(1)

credit losses

62,703

30,476

28,369

121,548

1,685

268

1,591

3,544

Net

61,018

30,208

26,778

Net

48,863

45,296

23,233

118,004

117,392

(1) Gross balances include loans amounting to $8,873 (December 31, 2019 - $9,311) that are insured. 

 
Page. 112   

Outstanding loans that are past due but not classified as impaired are as follows:

($000s) 

December 31, 2020

30	−	59	days

60	−	89	days

90 days or more

Loans – Personal

97,657

29,776

Loans – Commercial – Conventional and 

Insured

Loans – Commercial – Finance Leases

11,014

9,142

117,813

1,764

4,505

36,045

-

-

-

-

Total

127,433

12,778

13,647

153,858

($000s) 

December 31, 2019

Loans – Personal

39,872

16,207

30 − 59 days

60 − 89 days

90 days or more

Loans – Commercial – Conventional and 

Insured

Loans – Commercial – Finance Leases

(c) Allowance for credit losses 

($000s) 

Balance, beginning of year

Provision for credit losses:

Transfers to (from) Stage 1

Transfers to (from) Stage 2

Transfers to (from) Stage 3

Re-measurement(1)

Originations

Discharges

Write-off

Realized losses

Recoveries 

8,922

16,690

65,484

2,760

6,213

25,180

Stage 1

20,053

14,706

(10,538)

(82)

3,186

10,047

(1,512)

-

-

-

Stage 2

11,792

(13,383)

11,136

(2,114)

21,718

-

(2,376)

-

-

-

Balance, end of year(3)

35,860

26,773

Total

56,079

11,682

22,903

90,664

-

-

-

-

Stage 3

5,062

(1,323)

(598)

2,196

11,217

-

-

(11,196)

(1,879)

65

3,544

Total

36,907

-

-

-

36,121

10,047

(3,888)

(11,196)

(1,879)

65

 66,177

12 months ECL

credit	impaired

impaired

Lifetime non-

Lifetime credit 

December 31, 2020

(1) Includes movement as a result of significant increase or decrease in credit risk and changes in credit risk due to model 
inputs/assumptions that did not result in a transfer between stages (2) Finance lease acquired include $5,749 of day one stage 1 
allowance recognized on acquisition. (3) The allowance for credit losses includes allowance on loan commitments amounting to 
$149 (December 31, 2019 - $131).

Page. 113   

($000s) 

Balance, beginning of year

Provision for credit losses:

Transfers to (from) Stage 1

Transfers to (from) Stage 2

Transfers to (from) Stage 3

Re-measurement(1)

Originations

Discharges

Finance Lease acquired(2)

Write-off

Realized losses

Recoveries 

December 31, 2019

12 months ECL

credit impaired

impaired

Lifetime non-

Lifetime credit 

Stage 1

14,596

Stage 2

9,176

Stage 3

1,526

Total

25,298

1,377

(876)

(5)

(837)

1,870

(272)

4,200

-

-

-

(659)

1,070

(22)

(210)

-

(100)

2,537

-

-

-

(718)

(194)

27

3,462

-

-

7,744

(5,035)

(2,155)

405

5,062

-

-

-

2,415

1,870

(372)

14,481

(5,035)

(2,155)

405

 36,907

Balance, end of year(3)

20,053

11,792

(d) Key inputs, assumptions and model techniques

The Bank’s allowance for credit losses is estimated using statistical models that involve a number of inputs 
and assumptions. The key drivers of changes in ECL include the following:

•  Transfers between stages, due to significant changes in credit risk;
•  Changes in forward-looking macroeconomic variables, specifically the macroeconomic variables to 

which the ECL models are calibrated, which are closely correlated with the credit losses in the relevant 
portfolios; and

•  Changes to the probability weights assigned to each scenario.

In addition, these elements are also subject to a high degree of judgement which could have a significant 
impact on the level of ACL recognized. The inputs and models used for calculating ECL may not always 
capture all characteristics of the market. Qualitative adjustments or overlays may be made by the 
management for certain portfolios as temporary adjustments in circumstances where the assumptions and/
or modelling techniques do not capture all relevant risk factors. 

In considering the assumptions for calculating ECL, the Bank has also considered the significant uncertainty 
COVID-19 has brought to current economic conditions and outlook. The Bank has applied experienced credit 
judgement, including consideration of government’s assistance programs in the assessment of underling 
credit deterioration and migration of balances to progressive stages. Utilization of a payment deferral 
program was not necessarily considered an immediate trigger for a loan to migrate to a progressive stage. 

(e) Forward-looking macroeconomic scenarios

The Bank subscribes to Moody’s Analytics economic forecasting services and leverages its forward-looking 
macroeconomic information to model ECL. The Bank considers five macroeconomic scenarios: a base-
case scenario, one upside and three downside scenarios. Each macroeconomic scenario is assigned a 
probability weighting, with the base-case scenario receiving the highest weight. The probability-weighted 
macroeconomic scenarios are incorporated into both measurement of ECL and assessment of whether the 
credit risk of an instrument has increased significantly since its initial recognition. 

(1) Includes movement as a result of significant increase or decrease in credit risk and changes in credit risk due to model 
inputs/assumptions that did not result in a transfer between stages (2) Finance lease acquired include $5,749 of day one stage 1 
allowance recognized on acquisition. (3) The allowance for credit losses includes allowance on loan commitments amounting to 
$149 (December 31, 2019 - $131).

Page. 114   

The following table provides the primary macroeconomic variables used in models to estimate ECL on 
performing loans: 

December 31, 2020

Downside	Scenarios

Base-Case 
Scenario

Upside	Scenario

Scenario 1

Scenario 2

Scenario 3

Next	12	
months

2 to 5 
years

	Next	12	
months

2 to 5 
years

	Next	12	
months

2 to 5 
years

	Next	12	
months

2 to 5 
years

	Next	12	
months

2 to 5 
years

Unemployment rate %

8.91

7.22

8.40

6.68

9.21

7.90

10.49

9.16

11.25

10.92

Real GDP growth rate 
%

Home Price Index 
growth rate %

Commercial Property 
Index growth rate %

Household income 
growth rate %

4.10

3.29

6.93

3.51

2.63

2.85

(1.03)

3.32

(6.89)

3.66

2.54

2.84

3.48

3.96

1.96

2.52

(1.57)

1.37

(4.92)

(1.22)

7.59

4.10

10.09

4.81

5.95

3.90

(0.28)

3.91

(5.01)

1.67

(1.15)

0.52

0.40

1.40

(1.55)

(0.45)

(2.46)

(1.01)

(4.31)

(2.29)

December 31, 2019

Downside Scenarios

Base-Case 
Scenario

Upside Scenario

Scenario 1

Scenario 2

Scenario 3

Next 12 
months

2 to 5 
years

 Next 12 
months

2 to 5 
years

 Next 12 
months

2 to 5 
years

 Next 12 
months

2 to 5 
years

 Next 12 
months

2 to 5 
years

Unemployment rate %

5.75

6.11

5.42

5.58

5.93

6.76

6.93

7.86

7.03

9.08

Real GDP growth rate 
%

Home Price Index 
growth rate %

Commercial Property 
Index growth rate %

Household income 
growth rate %

2.17

1.61

2.79

2.08

1.58

0.95

(0.59)

1.20

(1.14)

0.28

0.37

1.27

0.93

1.74

(0.43)

0.91

(2.21)

0.27

(3.31)

(1.16)

1.37

1.36

3.29

2.03

1.13

0.67

(1.94)

0.61

(3.05)

(0.94)

0.00

0.08

0.04

0.91

(0.42)

(0.62)

(1.20)

(1.19)

(1.10)

(2.56)

(f) Sensitivity of allowance for credit losses

ECL is sensitive to the inputs used in internally developed models, macroeconomic variables in the forward-
looking forecasts, the probability weightings of our five macroeconomic scenarios, and other factors 
considered when applying experienced credit judgement. Changes in these inputs, assumptions, models, and 
judgements would have an impact on the assessment of credit risk and the measurement of ECLs. 

Impact of probability-weighting on ACL

The following table presents a comparison of the Bank’s ACL using only the base-case scenario and downside 
scenario instead of the five probability-weighted macroeconomic scenarios for performing loans: 

 ($000s)

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

ACL – Five probability-weighted macroeconomic scenarios 

(actual)

ACL – Base-case scenario only

ACL – Downside scenario 3 only

Difference – Actual versus base-case scenario only

Difference – Actual versus downside scenario 3 only

62,633

57,898

106,351

4,735

(43,718)

31,845

30,202

43,935

1,643

(12,090)

Page. 115   

Impact of staging on ACL

The following table illustrates the impact of staging on the Bank’s ACL by comparing the allowance if all 
performing loans were in Stage 1, with other assumptions held constant, to the actual ACL recorded:

 ($000s)

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

ACL – Loans in Stage 1 and Stage 2 (actual)

ACL – Assuming all loans in Stage 1

Lifetime ACL impact

Note	10	–	Derecognition	of	Financial	Assets

62,633

59,395

3,238

31,845

29,625

2,220

In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into transactions that result in the transfer of financial 
assets. Transferred financial assets are recognized in their entirety or derecognized in their entirety, subject 
to the extent of the Bank’s continuing involvement. The Bank transfers its financial assets through sale and 
repurchase agreements and its securitization activities.

(a) Transferred financial assets that are not derecognized in their entirety 

Obligations under repurchase agreements

Obligations under repurchase agreements are transactions in which the Bank sells a security and 
simultaneously agrees to repurchase it at a fixed price on a future date. The Bank continues to recognize 
the securities in their entirety on the Consolidated Balance Sheets because it retains substantially all the 
risks and rewards of ownership. The cash consideration received is recognized as a financial asset and the 
obligation to pay the repurchase price is recognized as a financial liability.

Securitizations

The Bank securitizes insured residential loans by selling its issued MBS to third party investors including 
to the CMHC sponsored trust (Canada Housing Trust – CHT) under the CMB program. The Bank may also 
retain certain issued MBS as part of its liquidity management strategy, as well as to manage interest rate risk 
associated with the Bank’s participation in the CMB program. The CHT periodically issues CMB, which are 
guaranteed by the government, and sells them to third party investors. Proceeds from the CMB issuances are 
used by the CHT to purchase MBS from eligible MBS issuers who participate in the issuance of a particular 
CMB series.

Most of these securitization transactions do not qualify for derecognition as the Bank continues to be 
exposed to substantially all of the risks and rewards associated with the transferred assets or it neither 
transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards and retains control of the assets. A key risk 
associated with transferred loans to which the Bank remains exposed after the transfer in such securitization 
transactions is the risk of prepayment. As a result, the loans continue to be recognized on the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets at amortized cost and are accounted for as secured financing transactions, with the loans 
transferred pledged as collateral for these securitization liabilities.

The Bank’s securitization activities include selling uninsured loans by entering into an agreement with 
another Schedule I bank and participating in a securitization program sponsored by that bank. Under this 
agreement, the Bank sells the loans to the program and they remain in the program until maturity. The bank 
that sponsors the securitization program retains all of the refinancing risks related to the program. The sale 
of these loans does not qualify for derecognition as the Bank continues to be exposed to substantially all of 
the risks and rewards associated with the transferred assets. As a result, the loans continue to be recognized 
on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at amortized cost and the proceeds received are recognized under 
securitization liabilities. The loans transferred are pledged as collateral for these securitization liabilities. 

Page. 116   

i) MBS securitizations

For MBS securitization liabilities, principal payments collected from the underlying loans are passed on to 
the MBS investors, reducing the amount of the liability outstanding on a monthly basis. Interest on the MBS 
securitization liability is calculated at the MBS coupon rate and is paid monthly to the MBS investors.

ii) CMB securitizations

As part of a CMB transaction, the Bank may enter into total return swaps with highly rated counterparties, 
exchanging the cash flows of the CMB for those of the MBS transferred to CHT. Any excess or shortfall in 
these cash flows is absorbed by the Bank. For transactions that fail derecognition, these swaps are not 
recognized on the Bank’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as the underlying cash flows of these derivatives are 
captured through the continued recognition of the loans and their associated CMB securitization liabilities. 
Accordingly, these swaps are recognized on an accrual basis and are not fair valued through the Bank’s 
Consolidated Statements of Income. As at December 31, 2020, the notional amount of these swaps was 
$2,336,244 (December 31, 2019 – $2,131,905).

CMB securitization liabilities are non-amortizing bond liabilities with fixed maturity dates. Principal payments 
collected from the loans underlying the MBS sold to CHT are held in trust for the CHT and invested in eligible 
investments until the maturity of the bond. To the extent that these eligible investments are not the Bank’s own 
issued MBS, the investments are recorded on the Bank’s Consolidated Balance Sheets under Investments – 
Canada Housing Trust re-investment accounts. Interest on the CMB securitization liabilities is calculated at the 
CMB coupon rate and is paid to the CMB holders on a monthly, quarterly, or semi-annual basis. 

iii) Finance lease securitizations

The Bank also securitizes pools of finance leased assets on a fully serviced basis to independent third party 
investors. The Bank continues to be exposed to substantially all of the risks and rewards associated with 
the transferred pools of leases and therefore does not derecognize the leased assets. The corresponding 
securitization liabilities are repaid on a monthly basis with financing rates ranging from 2.83% to 5.33%. 

The following table provides information on the carrying amount and the fair values related to transferred 
financial assets that are not derecognized in their entirety and the associated liabilities:

($000s) 

Carrying amount of assets

Carrying amount of associated 

liability

Carrying value, net position

Fair value of assets

Fair value of associated liability

Fair value, net position

Securitized	

assets

 11,991,675

 11,991,964

(289)

12,222,074

12,294,592

(72,518)

2020

2019

Assets sold under 

Assets sold under 

repurchase	

agreements

Securitized 

assets

251,877

 10,707,145

repurchase 

agreements

507,044

251,877

 10,706,956

 - 

 251,877

251,877

 - 

 189

10,703,277

10,718,809

(15,532)

507,044

 - 

 507,044

 507,044

 - 

The carrying amount of assets include $39,760 (December 31, 2019 – $167,113) of the Bank’s net investment in 
finance leases that were securitized and not derecognized. The carrying value of associated liability includes 
$32,634 (December 31, 2019 – $160,658) of liabilities pertaining to finance leases securitized.

Page. 117   

The Bank estimates that the principal amount of securitization liabilities will be paid as follows:

($000s)

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

Thereafter

MBS Liabilities CMB Liabilities

Liabilities

Liabilities

Total Liabilities

Lease	Securitization	

Other	Securitization	

 1,623,841

1,016,042

 2,011,622

1,744,112

 1,663,364

573,980

704,224 

479,955

350,885

 467,898

332,572

356,541

22,371

8,372

1,869

22

-

-

455,294

 149,788

 30,329

 16,877

 795

-

2,805,730

1,654,157

2,394,705

2,228,909

1,996,731

930,521

 8,632,961

2,692,075

32,634

 653,083

12,010,753

(b) Transfers that are derecognized in their entirety

Certain securitization transactions undertaken by the Bank result in the Bank derecognizing the transferred 
assets in their entirety. This is the case where the Bank has securitized and sold pools of residential loans 
with no prepayment option to third parties. The Bank does not retain substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership and transfers control over the assets. The Bank retains some continuing involvement in the 
transaction which is represented by the retained interests and the associated servicing liabilities.

The Bank also achieves derecognition on the securitization and sale of certain pools of residential loans with 
a prepayment option. In these transactions, the Bank securitizes and sells pools of residential loans and 
then engages in a transaction to transfer its rights in the excess interest spread and/or any prepayment risk, 
thereby transferring substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership in the asset and derecognizing the 
asset in its entirety. 

The following table provides quantitative information of the Bank’s securitization activities and transfers that 
are derecognized in their entirety during the year:

 ($000s)

Loans securitized and sold

Carrying value of Securitization retained interests

Carrying value of Securitized loan servicing liability

Gains on loans securitized and sold

Income from securitization activities and retained interests

2020

1,251,959

83,086

15,228

28,101

1,516

2019

 891,723

55,413

 8,340

 9,888

 1,646

The expected undiscounted cash flows payable to the MBS holders on the Bank’s securitization activities and 
transfer that are derecognized in their entirety are as follows: 

 ($000s)

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

Thereafter

MBS Liabilities

612,926

 873,088

883,795

688,624

975,122

1,551,399

5,584,954

derivative offsets the compensation expense related 
to the change in share price, over the period in which 
the swap is in effect. The Bank does not apply hedge 
accounting to this derivative financial instrument.

Fair value hedges

The Bank enters into hedging transactions 
to manage interest rate exposures on loan 
commitments and certain deposits used to fund 
floating rate loans. The hedging instruments used 
to manage these exposures are interest rate swaps 
and bond forwards. The Bank does not apply hedge 
accounting to these hedging relationships.

The Bank also enters into hedging transactions 
to manage interest rate exposure on certain 
loan assets, securitization liabilities, and deposit 
liabilities. Beginning in 2020, the Bank entered 
into interest rate swap agreements to manage 
interest rate exposures on its investment in fixed 
rate provincial bonds. The Bank applies hedge 
accounting to all these relationships.

Beginning in 2020, the Bank also entered into 
hedging transactions to manage foreign exchange 
exposure on certain foreign currency liabilities. The 
Bank does not apply hedge accounting to these 
hedging relationships. 

(b) Other derivatives

Total return swaps 

As part of its CMB activities, the Bank may assume 
reinvestment risk between the amortizing MBS 
and the bullet CMB for securitized loans which 
are derecognized. The Bank assumes this risk by 
entering into total return swaps with highly rated 
counterparties and exchanging the cash flows of the 
CMB for those of the MBS transferred to CHT. These 
swaps are recognized on the Bank’s consolidated 
balances sheets and fair valued through the Bank’s 
Consolidated Statements of Income.

Page. 118   

Note	11	–	Derivative	Financial	Instruments

(a) Hedge instruments

Cash flow hedges

The Bank’s securitization activities are subject to 
interest rate risk, which represents the potential 
for changes in interest rates between the time 
the Bank commits to funding a loan it intends to 
securitize through the issuance of a securitization 
liability, and the time the liability is actually issued. 
The Bank utilizes derivative financial instruments in 
the form of bond forwards and interest rate swaps 
to hedge this exposure, with the intent to manage 
the change in cash flows of the future interest 
payments on the highly probable forecasted 
issuance of the securitization liability. The Bank 
applies hedge accounting to these derivative 
financial instruments to minimize the volatility in 
income caused by changes in interest rates.

The Bank also uses bond forwards to hedge 
changes in future cash flows from changes in 
interest rates attributable to highly probable 
forecasted issuance of fixed rate liabilities. The 
Bank applies hedge accounting to these derivative 
financial instruments to minimize the volatility in 
income caused by changes in interest rates. 

The Bank hedges the risk of changes in future 
cash flows related to its floating rate securitization 
liabilities by entering into interest rate swaps. The 
Bank applies hedge accounting to these derivative 
financial instruments to minimize the volatility in 
income caused by changes in interest rates.

The Bank also hedges the risk of changes in future 
cash flows related to its Restricted share unit plan 
by entering into total return equity swap contracts 
with third parties, the value of which is linked to the 
price of the Bank’s common shares. Changes in the 
fair value of these derivative financial instruments 
offset the compensation expense related to the 
change in share price, over the period in which 
the swap is in effect. The Bank applies hedge 
accounting to these derivative financial instruments 
to minimize the volatility in income caused by 
changes in the Bank’s share price.

The Bank also hedges the risk of changes in future 
cash flows related to its Deferred share unit plan 
by entering into a total return equity swap contract 
with a third party. The value of this derivative 
financial instrument is linked to the price of the 
Bank’s common shares. Changes in fair value of the 

Page. 119   

(c) Financial impact of derivatives

The fair values and notional amounts of derivatives outstanding is as follows:

($000’s, except percentages)

December 31, 2020

Average 
Rate/
Price(1) 

Positive	
current 
replacement	
cost(2)

Credit 
equivalent 
amount(3)

Risk-	
weighted	
balance(4)

Fair Value

Assets

Liabilities

Net(5)

Derivative instrument 
and term (years)

Notional 
amount

Cash flow hedges:

Bond forwards – 
hedge accounting

1 or less

300,700

1.44%

2

1,495

1,495

Interest rate swaps – 
hedge accounting

1 or less

1 to 5

308,373

0.67%

703,830

1.01%

Total return swaps – 
hedge accounting

1 or less 

1 to 5

Total return swaps – 
non-hedge accounting

3,006

7,269

70.53

93.64

-

18

22 

10 

-

-

(1,160)

(1,160)

 (323)

(323)

13

 (7,642)

(7,629) 

684

3,466 

137

693 

16

40 

3 

8 

1,247

484

 -

- 

1,247

484 

1 or less

3,933

N/A

50

21

4

2,874

-

2,874

Fair value hedges:

Interest rate swaps – 
hedge accounting

1 or less

1 to 5

5 and above

629,360

1,684,649

65,762

0.66%

0.79%

1.78%

Interest rate swaps – 
non-hedge accounting

1 or less

1 to 5

5 and above

525,348

610,000

100,984

N/A

N/A

N/A

Bond forwards – non-
hedge accounting

-

 318

 - 

-

599 

730

2,805

8,600

328

1,257

2,659

737

561

1,720

66

-

944

538

(784)

(784)

(7,576)

(6,632)

(2,764) 

(2,226)

251

-

(228)

532  13,286

(10,535)

147

7,300

(246)

(228)

2,751 

7,054

1 or less

44,200

N/A

344

504

504

Foreign exchange 
forwards – non-hedge 
accounting

1 or less

33,740

N/A

-

83

17

Total return swaps

1 or less

1 to 5

5 and above

386,511

2,508,017

1,587,358

9,503,040

N/A

N/A

N/A

489

8

28 

317

725

1,111

63

145

222

-

-

-

-

(93)

(93)

(709)

(709)

(508)

(508)

(4,392)

(4,392)

284

(12,292)

(12,008) 

2,618 

24,848

6,568  26,970

(49,252)

(22,282) 

(1) Average rate or average price are on initiation of the derivatives, and refer to the average bond forward rate, the average rate 
on the fixed-leg of an interest rate swap, and the average share price of the total return swap. These rates/prices are applicable 
to derivatives in hedge accounting relationships only. (2) Positive current replacement cost represents the cost of replacing all 
contracts that have a positive fair value, using current market rates. It reflects the unrealized gains on derivative instruments. (3) 
Credit risk equivalent represents the total replacement cost plus an amount representing the potential future credit exposure, 
as outlined in OSFI’s Capital Adequacy Requirements Guideline. (4) Risk-weighted balance is determined by applying the 
standardized approach for counterparty credit risk to the credit equivalent amount, as prescribed by OSFI. (5) Derivative financial 
assets are included in Other assets (Note 13) and derivative financial liabilities are included in Other liabilities (Note 16).

Page. 120   

($000’s, except percentages)

December 31, 2019

Average 
Rate/
Price(1) 

Positive 
current 
replacement 
cost(2)

Credit 
equivalent 
amount(3)

Risk- 
weighted 
balance(4)

Fair Value

Assets

Liabilities

Net(5)

Derivative instrument 
and term (years)

Notional 
amount

Cash flow hedges:

Bond forwards – 
hedge accounting

1 or less

86,900

1.81%

934

1,477

1,477

934

Interest rate swaps – 
hedge accounting

1 or less

1 to 5

212,486

486,558

1.99%

1.57%

7

3,412

952

4,006 

190

18

801 

4,551

Total return swaps – 
hedge accounting

1 or less 

1 to 5

Total return swaps – 
non-hedge accounting

2,287

5,775

56.29

88.96

117 

96 

10

26 

2 

5 

2,254

1,889

-

-

-

-

934

18

4,551 

2,254

(12)

1,877 

1 or less

3,965

N/A

107

18

4

2,099

-

2,099

Fair value hedges:

Interest rate swaps – 
hedge accounting

1 to 5

5 and above

1,108,900

57,621

1.93%

1.92%

 747

 71 

5,660

493

1,132

3,855

(3,436)

99

971 

(11) 

419

960

Interest rate swaps – 
non-hedge accounting

1 to 5

5 and above

445,599

113,074

N/A

N/A

883 

1,162

2,241

1,769

448 

3,319

354

1,754

(1,182)

(330)

2,137 

1,424

Bond forwards – non-
hedge accounting

1 or less

80,525

N/A

1,005

1,368

1,368

1,005

-

1,005

Other deliverables:

Total return swaps

1 to 5

5 and above

2,236,275

1,199,393

6,039,358

N/A

N/A

1,302

1,163 

1,535

2,063

307

413

95

349

(2,179)

(2,084)

(4,892)

(4,543) 

11,006 

21,618

6,600  23,093

(12,042)

11,051 

(1) Average rate or average price are on initiation of the derivatives, and refer to the average bond forward rate, the average rate 
on the fixed-leg of an interest rate swap, and the average share price of the total return swap. These rates/prices are applicable 
to derivatives in hedge accounting relationships only. (2) Positive current replacement cost represents the cost of replacing all 
contracts that have a positive fair value, using current market rates. It reflects the unrealized gains on derivative instruments. (3) 
Credit risk equivalent represents the total replacement cost plus an amount representing the potential future credit exposure, 
as outlined in OSFI’s Capital Adequacy Requirements Guideline. (4) Risk-weighted balance is determined by applying the 
standardized approach for counterparty credit risk to the credit equivalent amount, as prescribed by OSFI. (5) Derivative financial 
assets are included in Other assets (Note 13) and derivative financial liabilities are included in Other liabilities (Note 16).

Page. 121   

Cash flow hedges:

The following table presents the effects of cash flow hedges on the Bank’s Consolidated Statements of Income:

($000s) 

Cash flow hedges:

Interest rate risk:

Bond forwards

Interest rate swaps

Equity price risk:

Total return swaps

($000s) 

Cash flow hedges:

Interest rate risk:

Bond forwards

Interest rate swaps

Equity price risk:

Total return swaps

Gains (losses) on 

Gains (losses) on 

Hedge	ineffectiveness	

Hedging gain or loss 

hedging instrument

hedged Item

recognized	in	income

recognized	in	OCI

2020

(11,888)

(15,609) 

(941)

(28,438) 

10,440

15,609

941

26,990

(1,410)

-

-

(1,410)

(10,478)

(15,609) 

(941) 

(27,028) 

2019

Gains (losses) on 

Gains (losses) on 

Hedge ineffectiveness 

Hedging gain or loss 

hedging instrument

hedged Item

recognized in income

recognized in OCI

(6,045)

(450) 

5,351

(1,144) 

5,852

450

(5,351)

951

(250)

-

-

(250)

(5,795)

(450) 

5,351 

(894) 

The following table presents the effects of cash flow hedges on the Bank’s Consolidated Statements of 
Comprehensive Income on a pre-tax basis:

($000s)

Cash flow hedges:

Interest rate risk:

Bond forwards

Interest rate swaps

Equity price risk:

AOCI as at 
January 1, 
2020

Net gains 
(losses) 
recognized	
in OCI

Amount 
reclassified	
to income as 
the hedged 
item	affects	
income

2020

Balance	in	cash	flow	 
hedge AOCI

AOCI as at 
December 
31, 2020

Active 
hedges

Discontinued 
hedges

(8,056)

5,959 

(10,478)

(15,609)

1,150

(1,038)

(17,384)

(999)

(10,688) 

(7,952) 

(16,385)

(2,736)

Total return swaps

2,123 

(941)

26 

(27,028)

(490) 

(378) 

692 

692 

-

(27,380) 

(8,259) 

(19,121)

Page. 122   

($000s)

Cash flow hedges:

Interest rate risk:

Bond forwards

Interest rate swaps

Equity price risk:

Total return swaps

Fair value hedges:

AOCI as at 
January 1, 
2019

Net gains 
(losses) 
recognized in 
OCI

Amount 
reclassified 
to income as 
the hedged 
item affects 
income

2019

Balance in cash flow  
hedge AOCI

AOCI as at 
December 
31, 2019

Active 
hedges

Discontinued 
hedges

(4,187)

7,488 

7 

3,308 

(5,795)

(450)

5,351

(894)

1,926

(1,079)

(3,235) 

(2,388) 

(8,056)

5,959 

2,123 

26 

881

4,568 

2,119 

7,568 

(8,937)

1,391

4

(7,542)

The following table presents the effects of fair value hedges on the Bank’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and the 
Consolidated Statements of Income:

($000s)

Fair value hedges:

Interest rate risk:

Loans

Deposits

Securitization 
liabilities

Bonds

($000s)

Fair value hedges:

Interest rate risk:

Loans

Securitization 
liabilities

Deposits

Hedge	ineffectiveness

Gains (losses) 
on hedging 
instrument

Gains (losses) 
on hedged 

item Total

Carrying amounts for 
hedged items(1)

Accumulated amount of 
fair value hedge gains 
(losses) on the hedged item

2020

Active 
hedges

Discontinued 
hedges

Active 
hedges

Discontinued 
hedges

(12,634)

19,050

4,582 

(863)

10,135 

13,548

914  2,098,308

446,182

(19,990)

(940)

(200,234)

(2,052,379)

11,026

(234)

291

(20,424)

(4,248)

836

334

(27)

(12,775)

(213,995)

(1,084)

(2,137) 

40,836

-

836

-

(9,854)

281

1,926,135

(1,820,192)

10,544

(22,270) 

Hedge ineffectiveness

Gains (losses) 
on hedging 
instrument

Gains (losses) 
on hedged 

item Total

Carrying amounts for 
hedged items(1)

Accumulated amount of fair 
value hedge gains (losses) on 
the hedged item

2019

Active 
hedges

Discontinued 
hedges

Active 
hedges

Discontinued 
hedges

2,187

(2,122)

65 

234,037

-

(2,122)

-

(779)

11,914 

13,322 

139

(640)

(80,439)

(142,177)

(11,930)

(16)

(795,454)

(1,689,817)

1,252

(510)

(13,913)

(591)

(641,856)

(1,831,994)

(1,380)

(319)

(10,305) 

(10,624) 

(1) Represents the carrying value of hedged items designated in qualifying hedging relationships.

Page. 123   

Note	12	–	Offsetting	Financial	Assets	and	Financial	Liabilities	

The disclosures in the table below include financial assets and financial liabilities that may or may not be offset 
in the consolidated financial statements but are subject to agreements with netting arrangements which covers 
similar financial instruments irrespective of whether they are offset in the consolidated financial statements. 
Such agreements include derivative agreements, collateral support agreements and repurchase agreements. 
Financial instruments include derivatives, securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and 
obligations under repurchase agreements. 

The Bank’s derivative transactions are entered into under ISDA master agreements. In general, amounts owed 
by each counterparty under an agreement are aggregated into a single net amount being payable by one party 
to the other. In certain cases all outstanding transactions under an agreement may be terminated and a single 
net amount including pledges is due or payable in settlement of these transactions. 

The Bank’s securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and obligations under repurchase 
agreements are covered by industry standard master agreements, which include netting provisions.

The Bank pledges and in certain cases receives collateral in the form of cash or securities in respect of 
the financial instruments. Such collateral is subject to the credit support agreement associated with ISDA 
agreements, or subject to global master repurchase agreements. Under these agreements, cash or securities 
pledged/received as collateral can be sold during the term of the transaction but must be returned when the 
collateral is no longer required and/or on maturity. The terms also give each counterparty the right to terminate 
the related transactions upon the counterparty’s failure to post collateral. 

As of December 31, 2020, the approximate market value of cash and securities collateral pledged by the Bank 
that are subject to credit support agreements was $279,045 (December 31, 2019 − $514,870).

As of December 31, 2020, the approximate market value of cash and securities collateral accepted that may be 
sold or repledged by the Bank was $451,703 (December 31, 2019 − $158,195). There was no collateral sold or 
repledged in 2020 and 2019. 

Financial assets subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements:

($000s)

2020

Related amounts 
not	offset	on	the	
consolidated balance 
sheets

Types of financial 
assets

Derivatives held for risk 
management:

Interest rate swaps

Total return swaps

Securities purchased 
under reverse 
repurchase 
agreements

Gross 
amounts of 
recognized	
financial	
assets

 22,081

4,889

 450,203

 477,173

Gross 
amounts of 
recognized	
financial	
liabilities 
offset	on	the	
consolidated 
balance 
sheets

Net amounts 
of	financial	
assets 
presented	
on the 
consolidated 
balance 
sheets

Financial 
instruments

-

-

-

-

 22,081

4,889

 450,203

 477,173

-

-

-

-

Financial 
collateral 
(including 
cash 
collateral 
received)

 (21,144)

(3,801)

 (450,203)

 (475,148)

Net amount

937

1,088

-

2,025

Page. 124   

Financial liabilities subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements:

($000s)

2020

Related amounts 
not	offset	on	the	
consolidated balance 
sheets

Gross 
amounts of 
recognized	
financial	
assets	offset	
on the 
consolidated 
balance 
sheets

Net amounts 
of	financial	
liabilities 
presented	
on the 
consolidated 
balance 
sheets

Gross 
amounts of 
recognized	
financial	
liabilities

Financial 
collateral 
(including 
cash 
collateral 
received)

Financial 
instruments

Net amount

30,098

17,192

709

251,877

299,876

-

-

-

-

-

30,098

17,192

709

-

-

-

(26,103)

(17,192)

(548)

251,877

(251,877)

-

299,876

(251,877)

(43,843)

3,995

-

161

-

4,156

Types of financial 
liabilities

Derivatives held for risk 
management:

Interest rate swaps

Total return swaps

Foreign exchange 
forwards 

Obligations 
under repurchase 
agreements

Financial assets subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements:

($000s)

2019

Related amounts not 
offset on the consolidated 
balance sheets

Gross 
amounts of 
recognized 
financial 
liabilities 
offset on the 
consolidated 
balance 
sheets

Net amounts 
of financial 
assets 
presented 
on the 
consolidated 
balance sheets

Financial 
collateral 
(including 
cash 
collateral 
received)

Financial 
instruments

Net amount

-

-

-

-

 14,468

6,686

 150,069

 171,223

-

-

-

-

 (8,098)

(4,034)

 6,370

2,652

 (150,069)

 (162,201)

 - 

 9,022

Types of financial 
assets

Derivatives held for risk 
management:

Interest rate swaps

Total return swaps

Securities purchased 
under reverse 
repurchase 

agreements

Gross 
amounts of 
recognized 
financial 
assets

 14,468

6,686

 150,069

 171,223

Page. 125   

Financial liabilities subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements:

($000s)

2019

Gross 
amounts of 
recognized 
financial 
assets offset 
on the 
consolidated 
balance 
sheets

Net amounts 
of financial 
liabilities 
presented 
on the 
consolidated 
balance sheets

Related amounts not 
offset on the consolidated 
balance sheets

Financial 
collateral 
(including 
cash 
collateral 
received)

Financial 
instruments

-

-

-

-

4,959

7,083

-

-

(3,530)

(3,283)

507,044

519,086

(507,044)

(507,044)

-

(6,813)

Net amount

1,429

3,800

- 

5,229

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

71,198

18,108

16,944

15,324

14,162

10,708

10,059

3,709

863

-

22,081

4,889

-

188,045

53,536

16,589

16,944

17,754

14,648

13,554

-

3,008

1,551

411

14,468

6,686

1,939

161,088

Gross 
amounts of 
recognized 
financial 
liabilities

4,959

7,083

507,044

519,086

Types of financial 
liabilities

Derivatives held for risk 
management:

Interest rate swaps

Total return swaps

Obligations 
under repurchase 
agreements

Note	13	–	Other	Assets

($000s)

Intangible assets

Receivable relating to securitization activities

Goodwill

Property and equipment

Prepaid expenses and other 

Right-of-use assets

Income taxes receivable

Accrued interest and dividends on non-loan assets

Real estate owned

Deferred cost – Contingent liquidity facility

Derivative financial instruments: 

Interest rate swaps 

Total return swaps

Bond forwards

Intangible assets include system, and software development costs relating to the Bank’s information systems.

Page. 126   

The Bank has recognized right-of-use assets for its leased office premises located in Toronto, Oakville, 
Calgary, Montreal and Vancouver, and for its leased data centres as follows:

($000s)

Carrying amount of right-of-use assets

Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets

Cash outflows for lease liabilities

Interest expense on lease liabilities

2020

10,708

2,433

3,053

718

2019

 13,554

2,506

 3,162

 811

During the year, the Bank entered into an early termination agreement for some of its leased office premises 
located in Toronto. These leases were scheduled to expire in December 2025, but will now be early terminated 
in March 2023. As a result of the early termination, the Bank has derecognized $1,590 of its right-of-use assets, 
$1,949 of related right-of-use liabilities and has recognized a gain of $359 in the Non-interest expenses in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Note	14	–	Deposits

($000s)

Term and other deposits

Accrued interest

Deferred deposit agent commissions

Note	15	–	Income	Taxes

(a) Income tax provision:

($000s)

Current tax expense:

Current year

Adjustments for prior years

Deferred tax expense:

Reversal of temporary differences

Adjustments for prior years

Changes in tax rates

Total income tax expense

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

 16,376,011

 235,260

 (26,228)

 16,585,043

 15,231,888

 241,406

 (31,087)

 15,442,207

 2020

 69,984

514

70,498

 7,521

 (1,235)

 (95)

 6,191

 76,689

2019

 73,810

67

 73,877

 (818)

 (80)

 (361)

(1,259)

72,618

 
Page. 127   

The provision for income taxes shown in the Consolidated Statements of Income differs from that obtained by 
applying statutory income tax rates to income before provision for income taxes due to the following reasons:

(Percentages)

Canadian statutory income tax rate

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

Tax-exempt income

Future tax rate changes

Non-deductible expenses and other

Effective income tax rate

(b) Deferred tax liabilities:

Net deferred income tax liabilities are comprised of:

($000s)

Deferred income tax assets:

Tax losses(1)

Allowance for credit losses

Share issue expenses

Net loan fees

Other

Deferred income tax liabilities:

Securitization activities

Leasing activities(2)

Deposit agent commissions 

Net origination fees

Intangible costs

Other

Net deferred income tax liabilities

2020

26.3%

(0.8%)

-

-

25.5%

2019

26.5%

(0.6%)

(0.1%)

0.2%

26.0%

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

7,455

11,452

 5

372

 2,606

 21,890

51,249

19,257

6,143

-

3,300

2,821

82,770

60,880

 11,068

6,657

 101

2,440

 2,507

 22,773

39,907

25,465

7,929

-

2,222

1,939

77,462

 54,689

(1) Deferred tax asset pertains to income tax losses of approximately $29,220 from the finance lease business. (2) The deferred tax 
liability relating to leasing activities pertain to the temporary difference resulting from difference in accounting treatment versus 
tax treatment for finance lease receivable. 

 
 
Page. 128   

Note	16	–	Other	Liabilities

($000s)

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Loan realty taxes

Securitized loan servicing liability

Right-of-use liabilities

Loan commitments

Income taxes payable

Derivative financial instruments: 

Interest rate swaps

Total return swaps

Bond forwards

Foreign exchange forwards

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

68,605

43,546

35,060

12,363

26

-

30,098

17,192

1,253

709

208,852

86,917

50,302

27,774

15,478

209

21,120

4,959

7,083

-

-

213,842

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities include $2,575 (December 31, 2019 – $26,230) relating to obligations 
associated with the purchase of the Maple portfolio in 2016. 

Note	17	–	Bank	Facilities

(a) Operating credit facility:

The Bank has a $35,000 credit facility in place with a major Schedule I Canadian bank. The facility is secured 
by a portion of the Bank’s investments in equity securities. There was no outstanding balance as at December 
31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

(b) Secured funding facilities:

The Bank has two credit facilities totaling $600,000 with major Schedule I Canadian banks to finance insured 
residential loans prior to securitization. The Bank also has access to several liquidity facilities sponsored by 
the Government of Canada, namely the Bank of Canada’s Standing Term Liquidity Facility, Emergency Lending 
Assistance facility, and Contingent Term Repo Facility, as well as Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation’s 
Insured Mortgage Purchase Program. As at December 31, 2020, the Bank had no outstanding balance 
(December 31, 2019 – $nil) on these facilities. 

(c) Backstop funding facility:

On December 11, 2020, the Bank reduced the secured backstop funding facility to nil, and subsequently 
cancelled the facility in January 2021. As at December 31, 2019, the Bank had this secured backstop funding 
facility in place for $400,000. The terms of the facility included a 0.55% standby fee on any unused portion of 
the facility, and an interest rate on the drawn portion of the facility equal to 3 month CDOR + 1.25%. The Bank 
did not make any draws on this facility since its inception. 

Note	18	–	Shareholders’	Equity

(a) Capital stock:

 Authorized:

Unlimited number of non-cumulative 5-year rate reset preferred shares, Series 1, par value $25.00 per share 
Unlimited number of non-cumulative floating rate preferred shares, Series 2, par value $25.00 per share 
Unlimited number of non-cumulative 5-year rate reset preferred shares, Series 3, par value $25.00 per share 
Unlimited number of non-cumulative floating rate preferred shares, Series 4, par value $25.00 per share 
Unlimited number of common shares, no par value 

Page. 129   

Issued and outstanding shares:

($000’s, except shares and per share amounts)

Number of 
shares

Amount

Dividends 
per	share(1)

Number of 
shares

Amount

Dividends per 
share(1)

2020

2019

Preferred Shares, 
Series 3:

Balance, beginning 
of year

Treasury Preferred 
Shares, Series 3 
cancelled 

3,000,000

72,577

Balance, end of year

2,996,700

Common shares:

(3,300)

(80)

72,477

-

-

3,000,000

72,577

-

-

-

-

1.49

3,000,000

72,577

1.56

Balance, beginning 
of year

Contributions from 
exercise of stock 
options

Issuance under 
DRIP

Transferred from 
contributed surplus 
relating to the 
exercise of stock 
options

16,797,593

213,277

16,554,018

200,792

76,481

4,122

220,364

10,825

-

-

-

767

23,211

-

- 

1,660

Balance, end of year

16,874,074

218,166

1.48

16,797,593

213,277

 1.29

(b) Preferred shares: 

Series 3 – 5-year rate reset preferred shares

Holders of Series 3 preferred shares were entitled to receive a fixed quarterly non-cumulative preferential cash 
dividends, as and when declared by the Board of Directors, at a per annum rate of 6.35% per share for an initial 
5-year period ended September 30, 2019. Thereafter, the dividend rate was reset at a level of 4.78% per share 
over the then five-year Government of Canada bond yield. The rate was reset to 5.969% per share per annum 
on September 30, 2019. Series 3 preferred shares are redeemable in cash at the Bank’s option, subject to prior 
regulatory approval, on September 30 every five years thereafter, in whole or in part, at a price of $25.00 per 
share plus all declared and unpaid dividends at the date fixed for redemption. Series 3 preferred shares are 
convertible at the holder’s option to non-cumulative floating rate preferred shares, Series 4 (Series 4 preferred 
shares), subject to certain conditions, on September 30 every five years thereafter.

Series 4 – floating rate preferred shares

Holders of the Series 4 preferred shares will be entitled to receive a floating rate quarterly non-cumulative 
preferential cash dividend equal to the 90-day Canadian Treasury Bill Rate plus 4.78%, as and when declared by 
the Board of Directors. Series 4 preferred shares are redeemable in cash at the Bank’s option, subject to prior 
regulatory approval, on (i) September 30, 2024 and on September 30 every five years thereafter, in whole or in 
part, at a price of $25.00 per share plus all declared and unpaid dividends at the date fixed for redemption; or 
(ii) $25.50 plus all declared and unpaid dividends to the date fixed for redemption in the case of redemptions on 
any other date on or after September 30, 2019. Series 4 preferred shares are convertible at the holder’s option 
to non-cumulative 5-year rate reset preferred shares, Series 3 (Series 3 preferred shares), subject to certain 
conditions, on September 30, 2024 and on September 30 every five years thereafter.

(1) Dividends per share represent dividends declared by the Bank during the year.

Page. 130   

(c) Dividend reinvestment plan:

The Bank had activated a dividend reinvestment plan in Q1 2019 and later suspended it in Q1 2020. 
Participation in the plan was optional and under the terms of the plan, cash dividends on common shares were 
used to purchase additional common shares at the volume weighted average trading price of the common 
shares on the TSX for the five trading days immediately preceding the dividend payment date, adjusted with 
discount. At the option of the Bank, the common shares may have been issued from the Bank’s treasury or 
acquired from the open market at market prices. 

(d) Dividend restrictions:

The Bank’s subsidiary, Equitable Bank, is subject to minimum capital requirements, as prescribed by OSFI under 
the Bank Act (Canada). The Bank must notify OSFI prior to the declaration of any dividend and must ensure that 
any such dividend declaration is done in accordance with the provisions of the Bank Act (Canada), and those 
OSFI guidelines relating to capital adequacy and liquidity.

(e) Normal course issuer bid (NCIB):

On December 21, 2020, the Bank announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange has approved a NCIB pursuant to 
which the Bank may repurchase for cancellation up to 1,144,245 of its common shares and 297,250 of its Series 
3 – 5-year rate reset preferred shares, representing 10% of its public float of each class of shares. The Bank only 
intends to purchase a maximum of 630,000 common shares under the terms of the NCIB. The actual number 
of preferred shares purchased under the NCIB and the timing of any such purchases will be at the Bank’s 
discretion. As at December 31, 2020, the Bank repurchased and cancelled 3,300 Series 3 – 5-year rate reset 
preferred shares at a volume weighted average price of $24.91.

Note	19	–	Stock-based	Compensation

(a) Stock-based compensation plan:

Under the Bank’s stock option plan, options on common shares are periodically granted to eligible participants 
for terms of seven years and vest over a four-year period. As at December 31, 2020, the maximum number 
of common shares available for issuance under the plan was 2,000,000 (December 31, 2019 − 2,000,000). The 
outstanding options expire on various dates to November 2027. A summary of the Bank’s stock option activity 
and related information for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 is as follows:

($000’s, except share, per share and stock option amounts)

2020

2019

Number of 
stock	options

Weighted average 
exercise	price

Number of stock 
options

Weighted average 
exercise price

Outstanding, beginning of year

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited/cancelled

Outstanding, end of year

Exercisable, end of year

 577,012

 119,402

 (76,481)

 (3,609)

 616,324

 336,788

60.75

90.84

53.89

79.73

67.32

60.50

 671,332

 144,967

 (220,364)

 (18,923)

 577,012

 279,692

52.59

69.37

41.15

65.43

60.75

56.99

Page. 131   

The following table summarizes information relating to stock options outstanding and exercisable as at 
December 31, 2020:

Exercise	price	($)

Number outstanding

Options	outstanding

Options	exercisable

Weighted average remaining 
contractual life (years)

Number	exercisable

52.90

59.98

55.32

53.15

71.68

55.25

55.66

67.77

92.41

113.26

90.96

65.66

77.72

93.92

95.60

43,327

54,536

6,700

80,123

83,658

4,500

96,387

123,553

2,000

4,000

100,694

1,500

1,500

12,500

1,346

0.2

1.2

1.9

2.2

3.2

3.6

4.2

5.2

5.2

5.9

6.2

6.4

6.6

6.9

6.9

43,327

54,536

6,700

80,123

63,348

3,250

45,114

32,190 

500

1,000

6,701

-

-

-

 -

Under the fair value-based method of accounting for stock options, the Bank recorded compensation expense 
in the amount of $1,887 (2019 − $1,598) related to grants of options under the stock option plan. This amount 
was credited to Contributed surplus. The fair value of options granted during 2020 was estimated at the date of 
grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model, with the following assumptions: 

(Percentages, except per share amount and number of years)

Risk-free rate

Expected option life (years)

Expected volatility

Expected dividends

Weighted average fair value of each option granted

(b) Employee share purchase plan: 

2020

1.4%

4.8

27.2%

1.8%

18.88

2019

1.8%

4.8

27.8%

1.8%

15.22

The Bank has an ESP plan for eligible employees. Under the plan, eligible employees can contribute between 
1% and 10% of their annual base salary towards the purchase of common shares of the Bank. For each eligible 
contribution, the Bank contributes 50% of the employee’s contribution to purchase common shares of the Bank 
up to a certain maximum per employee. During the year, the Bank expensed $1,066 (2019 − $986) under this plan.

(c) Deferred share unit plan:

The Bank has a DSU plan for Directors. Under the plan, notional units are allocated to a Director from time 
to time by the Board of Directors and the units vest at the time of the grant. Directors can elect, on a one-
time annual basis, to receive up to 100% of their annual compensation in the form of DSUs, allocated at each 
quarter and on a pro-rata basis. A Director will be credited with additional DSUs whenever a cash dividend is 
declared by the Bank. When an individual ceases to be a Director, the (Separation Date), the individual may 
elect up to two separate redemption dates to be paid out the value of the DSUs. The redemption date elected 

Page. 132   

by the participant is a date after the Separation Date and no later than December 15 of the first calendar year 
commencing after the Separation Date. The redemption value of each DSU redeemable by a Director is the 
volume-weighted average trading price of the common shares of the Bank on the TSX for the five trading days 
immediately prior to the redemption date. 

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, consolidation, subdivision, reclassification, or 
any other change in the capital of the Bank affecting its common shares, the Bank will make, with respect to the 
number of DSUs outstanding under the DSU Plan, any proportionate adjustment as it considers appropriate to 
reflect that change. The DSU plan is administered by the Board or a committee thereof. 

The Bank hedges the risk of change in future cash flows related to the DSU plan. Please refer to Note 12 – 
Derivative Financial Instruments for further details.

A summary of the Bank’s DSU activity for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 is as follows:

Outstanding, beginning of year

Granted

Dividend Reinvested

Outstanding, end of year

2020

2019

Number of DSUs

Number of DSUs

54,237

12,701

1,281

68,219

42,697

10,593

947

54,237

During the year no DSUs were paid out (2019 – nil). Compensation expense, including offsetting hedges, relating 
to DSUs outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2020 amounted to $877 (2019 – $882). The liability 
associated with DSUs outstanding as at December 31, 2020 was $6,808 (December 31, 2019 – $6,062) and was 
included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 (d) Restricted share unit plan:

The Bank has a RSU plan for eligible employees. Under the plan, RSUs or PSUs are awarded by the Board to 
eligible employees during the annual compensation process and vest at the end of three years (cliff vest). Under 
the plan, each RSU or PSU represents one notional common share and earns notional dividends, which are re-
invested into additional RSUs or PSUs when cash dividends are paid on the Bank’s common shares. Each RSU or 
PSU held at the end of the vesting period, including those acquired as dividend equivalents, will be paid to the 
eligible employees in cash, the value of which will be based on the volume-weighted average trading price of 
the Bank’s common shares on the TSX for the five consecutive trading days immediately prior to, and including 
the vesting date. The value of PSUs may be increased or decreased up to 25%, based on the Bank’s relative total 
shareholder return compared to a defined peer group of financial institutions in Canada. 

The Bank hedges the risk of change in future cash flows related to the RSU and PSU plans. Please refer to Note 
12 – Derivative Financial Instruments for further details.

A summary of the Bank’s RSU and PSU activity for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 
is as follows:

Outstanding, beginning of year

Granted

Dividend reinvested

Vested and paid out 

Forfeited/cancelled

Outstanding, end of year

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Number	of	RSUs	and	PSUs Number of RSUs and PSUs

 86,335

 43,888

 2,343

 (42,578)

 (5,980)

 84,008

 67,180

 47,241

 1,896

 (25,066)

 (4,916)

 86,335

Page. 133   

During the year, 42,578 (2019 – 25,066) RSUs and PSUs were vested and paid out for a total value of $4,244 (2019 
– $3,057). Compensation expense, including offsetting hedges, relating to RSUs and PSUs outstanding during 
the year ended December 31, 2020 amounted to $3,701 (2019 – $2,381). The liability associated with RSUs and 
PSUs outstanding as at December 31, 2020 was $4,024 (December 31, 2019 – $4,463) and was included in other 
liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Note	20	–	Earnings	Per	Share

Diluted earnings per share is calculated based on net income available to common shareholders divided by 
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, taking into account the dilution 
effect of stock options using the treasury stock method.

($000’s, except share, per share and stock option amounts)

2020

2019

Earnings per common share − basic:

Net income

Dividends on preferred shares

Net income available to common shareholders

Weighted average basic number of common shares 
outstanding

Earnings per common share − basic

Earnings per common share − diluted:

 223,804

 4,477

 219,327

 16,815,716

 13.04

 206,479

 4,691

 201,788

 16,672,068

 12.10

Net income available to common shareholders

 219,327

 201,788

Weighted average basic number of common shares 
outstanding

Adjustment to weighted average number of common 
shares outstanding:

16,815,716

 16,672,068

Stock options

 126,911

 185,294

Weighted average diluted number of common shares 
outstanding

Earnings per common share − diluted

 16,942,627

 12.95

 16,857,362

 11.97

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the calculation of the diluted earnings per share excluded 145,385 (2019 
– 115,883) average options outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $83.58 (2019 − $69.66) as the 
exercise price of these options was greater than the average price of the Bank’s common shares.

Note	21	–	Capital	Management

Equitable Bank manages its capital in accordance with guidelines established by OSFI, based on standards 
issued by the Bank for International Settlements’ Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. OSFI’s Capital 
Adequacy Requirements (CAR) Guideline details how Basel III rules apply to Canadian banks. OSFI has 
mandated that all Canadian-regulated financial institutions meet target Capital Ratios: those being a CET1 
Ratio of 7.0%, a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 8.5%, and a Total Capital Ratio of 10.5%. In order to govern the quality 
and quantity of capital necessary based on the Bank’s inherent risks, Equitable Bank utilizes an Internal Capital 
Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP).

The Bank’s CET1 Ratio was 14.6% as at December 31, 2020, while Tier 1 Capital and Total Capital Ratios were 15.3% 
and 15.8% respectively. The Bank’s Capital Ratios at December 31, 2020 exceeded the regulatory minimums.

During the year, the Bank complied with all internal and external capital requirements. 

Page. 134   

Regulatory capital (relating solely to Equitable Bank) is as follows:

($000s)

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital: 

Common shares 

Contributed surplus 

Retained earnings 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss(1)

Less: Regulatory adjustments 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

Additional Tier 1 Capital:

Non-cumulative preferred shares

Tier 1 Capital

Tier 2 Capital:

Eligible stage 1 and 2 allowance

Tier 2 Capital 

Total Capital

Note	22	–	Commitments	and	Contingencies

(a) Lease commitments:

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

215,536

9,184

1,386,197

(19,009)

(66,448)

1,525,460

72,554

1,598,014

46,760

46,760

1,644,774

213,995

8,065

1,191,562

(18,827)

(66,591)

1,328,204

72,554

1,400,758

31,844

31,844

1,432,602

The Bank is committed to leases for its office premises located in Toronto, Calgary, Montreal and Vancouver, 
and IT colocation. The future minimum lease payments under these leases are as follows:

($000s)

Less than 1 year

1-5 years

Greater than 5 years

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

 8,169

 40,121

 97,592

 145,882

 3,632

 16,854

 432

 20,918

The lease commitments for December 31, 2020 include the commitments relating to a new office premises 
lease, signed in February 2020. The new office premises is located in Toronto, and the lease commences in 
September 2023 for a period of 15 years.

In addition to these minimum lease payments for premises rental, the Bank will pay its share of common area 
maintenance and realty taxes over the terms of the leases. Lease expense recognized in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income for 2020 amounted to $9,549 (2019 − $7,219).

(b) Credit commitments:

As at December 31, 2020, the Bank had outstanding commitments to fund $2,558,836 (December 31, 2019 − 
$1,935,712) of loans and investments in the ordinary course of business. Of these commitments, $1,220,893 
(December 31, 2019 − $1,025,210) are expected to be funded within 1 year and $1,337,943 (December 31, 2019 
− $910,502) after 1 year.

The Bank has issued standby letters of credit which represent assurances that the Bank will make payments in 
the event that a borrower cannot meet its obligations to a third party. Letter of credits in the amount of $29,584 
were outstanding at December 31, 2020 (December 31, 2019 − $29,131).

(1) As prescribed by OSFI (under Basel III rules), AOCI is part of CET1 in its entirety, however, the amount of cash flow hedge reserves 
that relates to the hedging of items that are not fair valued is excluded. 

Page. 135   

(a) Contingencies:

In September 2013, the Bank entered into an agreement to resolve a litigation related to an alleged fraud 
committed against it, which was identified in 2011. The net outstanding receivable balance at the beginning of 
the year related to this litigation matter was $3,100. During the year, the Bank received an insurance settlement 
amounting to $4,300 and recorded a gain of $1,127 in Fees and other income.

The Bank is subject to various other claims and litigation arising from time to time in the ordinary course of 
business. Management has determined that the aggregate liability, if any, which may result from other various 
outstanding legal proceedings would not be material and no other provisions have been recorded in these 
consolidated financial statements.

Note	23	–	Related	Party	Transactions

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to directly or indirectly control the other party 
or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operational decisions. The Bank’s 
related parties include key management personnel, close family members of key management personnel 
and entities which are controlled, significantly influenced by, or for which significant voting power is held by 
key management personnel or their close family members. Key management personnel are those persons 
having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Bank directly and 
indirectly. The Bank considers the members of the Board of Directors as part of key management personnel.

These financial statements present the consolidated results of the Bank and all its subsidiaries, therefore 
transactions with the subsidiaries are not reported as related party transactions. 

(a) Key management personnel compensation table

($000s)

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Termination benefits

Share-based payments (net)

2020

 3,789

 47

933

 2,776

 7,545

2019

 3,518

 48

-

 2,362

 5,928

(b) Share transactions, shareholdings and options of key management personnel and related parties:

As at December 31, 2020, key management personnel held 2,078,686 (December 31, 2019 – 2,096,145) common 
shares and 9,000 (December 31, 2019 – 9,000) preferred shares. These shareholdings include common shares 
of 1,827,300 (December 31, 2019 – 1,825,300) that were beneficially owned by the non-management Directors 
or held by related party entities whose controlling shareholders are Directors of the Bank. In addition, key 
management held 283,688 (December 31, 2019 – 317,078) options to purchase common shares of the Bank at 
prices ranging from $52.90 to $90.96.

(c) Other transactions:

As at December 31, 2020, deposits of $1,315 (December 31, 2019 – $1,395) were held by key management 
personnel and related party entities whose controlling shareholders are directors of the Bank and trusts 
beneficially owned by the Directors. 

These investments and loans were made in the ordinary course of business at terms comparable to those 
offered to unrelated parties.

During the year, no loans (2019 – 803) were given to key management personnel for the purpose of purchasing 
shares of the Bank. No interest was earned on these loans during the year (2019 – $21), and the outstanding 
balance as at December 31, 2020 was $nil (December 31, 2019 – $nil).

Note	24	–	Interest	Rate	Sensitivity

The following table shows the Bank’s position with regard to interest rate sensitivity of assets, liabilities and equity on the 
date of the earlier of contractual maturity or re-pricing date, as at December 31, 2020.

($000’s, except percentages)

Floating rate

0 to 3 
months

4 months to 
1 year

Total 
within	1	
year

1 year to 5 
years

Greater 
than 5 
years

Non-
interest 
sensitive(1)

Total

Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
and restricted cash

1,037,742

24,040

Effective interest rate 

0.78%

0.60% 

Securities purchased 
under reverse purchase 
agreements

Effective interest rate 

- 

- 

450,203

0.05%

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,061,782

0.78%

450,203

0.05%

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,061,782

0.78% 

450,203

0.05% 

Investments 

 14,610

152,525

Effective interest rate 

3.11%

0.96%

49,978

3.61%

217,113

254,853

119,869

(1,959)

589,876

1.72%

3.38%

2.46%

0.00%

2.59% 

Loan receivable – Personal

 1,933,501

1,536,681

5,609,404

9,079,586

10,167,834

Effective interest rate 

2.12%

4.30%

4.03%

3.67%

3.30%

3,167

2.68%

194,799

19,445,386

0.00% 

3.44% 

Loan receivable – 
Commercial 

 3,364,163

305,380

920,396

4,589,939

3,317,531

893,482

25,230

8,826,182

Effective interest rate 

4.98%

5.40%

4.94%

5.00%

3.84%

2.72%

0.00% 

4.32% 

Securitized Retained 
Interest 

Other assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities: 

Deposits(2)

 - 

 - 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

184,844

184,844

188,045

188,045

6,350,016

2,468,829

6,579,778

15,398,623

13,740,218

1,016,518

590,959

30,746,318

1,812

7,418,922

3,758,158

11,178,892

5,182,378

8,504

215,269 16,585,043

Effective interest rate 

5.00%

1.56%

1.93%

1.68%

2.29%

2.46% 

0.00% 

1.85% 

Securitization liabilities 

Effective interest rate 

Obligations Under REPO 

Effective interest rate 

Other liabilities and 
deferred taxes

Shareholders' equity 

Total liabilities and 
shareholders’ equity 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2,357,541

1,889,684

4,427,225

6,610,556

802,031

152,152

11,991,964

1.02%

251,877

0.43%

- 

- 

2.52%

1.66%

2.58%

2.62%

0.00% 

2.21% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

251,877

0.43%

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

75,000

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

251,877

0.43%

269,732

269,731

1,572,702

1,647,702

1,812 10,208,340

5,647,842

15,857,994

11,867,934

810,535

2,209,855

30,746,318

Off-balance sheet items(3)

- 

2,160,357

(1,158,924)

1,001,433

(1,167,971)

166,538

- 

Excess (deficiency) of 
assets over liabilities, 
shareholders’ equity and 
off-balance sheet items

 6,348,204

(5,579,154)

 (226,988)

542,062

704,313

372,520

 (1,618,896)

- 

 - 

Total assets − 2019

5,914,731

2,547,877

7,413,396

15,606,004

11,287,480

984,120

514,848

28,392,452

Total liabilities and 
shareholders’ equity − 
2019

Off-balance sheet items 
− 2019

Excess (deficiency) of 
assets over liabilities, 
shareholders’ equity and 
off-balance sheet items 
– 2019

182

8,221,478

6,069,386

14,291,046

11,345,126

810,901

1,945,379

28,392,452

- 

(522,149)

(311,613)

(833,762)

779,271

54,491

- 

5,914,549

(6,195,750)

 762,397

481,196

721,625

227,710

 (1,430,531)

- 

-

(1) Accrued interest is included in “Non-interest sensitive” assets and liabilities. (2) Cashable GIC deposits are included in the “0 to 3 months” as these 
are cashable by the depositor upon demand after 30 days from the date of issuance. (3) Off-balance sheet items include the Bank’s interest rate 
swaps, hedges on funded assets, as well as loan rate commitments that are not specifically hedged. Loan rate commitments that are specifically 
hedged, along with their respective hedges, are assumed to substantially offset.

Page. 137   

Note	25	–	Business	Combination

On January 1, 2019, the Bank acquired 100% ownership in Bennington Financial Corp. (“Bennington”), a privately 
owned company serving the brokered equipment leasing market in Canada. Bennington was founded in 
Oakville, Ontario in 1996 and finances a wide range of assets with a focus on transportation, construction, 
and food service equipment, and has long-tenured relationships with professional leasing brokers throughout 
Canada. The Bank’s acquisition of Bennington diversifies it into an adjacent market and complements its other 
secured lending businesses and broker-led distribution model.

By the end of 2019, the Bank finalized the purchase consideration to $46,722 resulting in a goodwill amounting 
to $16,944. The following table presents the estimated fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired as of the 
date of acquisition.

($000s)

Assets:

Restricted cash

Loans – Commercial: Finance leases

Capital and intangible assets

Other assets

Liabilities:

Securitization liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Bank facilities

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Fair value of identifiable net assets acquired

Goodwill

Total purchase consideration

January 1, 2019

42,578

429,743

9,412

5,761

487,494

388,147

13,802

31,083

24,634

457,666

29,828

16,944

46,772

Directors

Eric Beutel 
Vice-President, Oakwest 
Corporation Limited, an 
investment holding company

Yongah Kim 
Associate Professor of Strategic 
Management, Rotman School of 
Management

Rowan	Saunders 
President and Chief Executive 
Officer, Economical Mutual 
Insurance Company

Michael Emory 
President and Chief Executive 
Officer, Allied Properties REIT

David LeGresley 
Chair of the Board and a Corporate 
Director

Lynn McDonald 
Corporate Director

Andrew	Moor 
President and Chief Executive 
Officer of Equitable Group Inc. and 
Equitable Bank

Susan	Ericksen 
Corporate Director

Diane Giard 
Corporate Director

Kishore	Kapoor 
President and Chief Executive 
Officer, RF Capital Inc.

Executive	Officers

Vincenza	Sera 
Corporate Director

Michael Stramaglia 
Corporate Director and President 
and Founder of Matrisc Advisory 
Group Inc., a risk management 
consulting firm

Andrew	Moor 
President and Chief Executive 
Officer 

Dan	Dickinson 
Senior Vice-President and Chief 
Information Officer 

Jody	Sperling 
Senior Vice-President and Chief 
Human Resources Officer

Ron Tratch 
Senior Vice-President and Chief 
Risk Officer 

Darren Lorimer 
Senior Vice-President and Group 
Head, Commercial Banking

Chadwick	Westlake 
Senior Vice-President and Chief 
Financial Officer 

Mahima	Poddar 
Senior Vice-President and Group 
Head, Personal Banking

Shareholder	and	Corporate	Information

Corporate	Head	Office 
Equitable Bank Tower 
30 St. Clair Avenue West, Suite 700 
Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M4V 3A1

Regional	Offices:	

Montreal  
1411 Peel Street, Suite 501 
Montreal, Quebec, Canada,  
H3A 1S5

Calgary  
600 - 1333 8th Street S.W, Suite 600 
Calgary, Alberta, Canada, T2R 1M6

Vancouver 
777 Hornby Street, Suite 1240 
Vancouver, British Columbia, 
Canada, V6Z 1S4

Halifax 
1959 Upper Water Street,  
Suite 1300 
Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada,  
B3J 3N2

Website 
www.equitablebank.ca 

Toronto	Stock	Exchange	Listings 
Common Shares: EQB 
Preferred Shares: EQB.PR.C 

Quarterly Conference Call and 
Webcast 
Tuesday, February 23, 2021,  
10:00 a.m. EST 
Live: 647.427.7450 
Replay: 416.849.0833  
(code 2139707) 
Archive: www.equitablebank.ca

Investor Relations 
Chadwick Westlake 
Senior Vice-President and  
Chief Financial Officer  
416.515.7000 
Email: investor_enquiry@eqbank.ca

More comprehensive investor 
information including 
supplemental financial reports, 
quarterly news releases, and 
investor presentations is available 
in the Investor Relations at www.
equitablebank.ca

Transfer Agent and Registrar 
Computershare Investor  
Services Inc. 
100 University Avenue, 8th Floor 
Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M5J 2Y1 
1.800.564.6253

Email: service@computershare.com

Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
Wednesday, May 12, 2021 
10:00 a.m. ET 
via live audio webcast online 
at https://web.lumiagm.
com/260010064